REVIEW DRAFT—CISCO CONFIDENTIAL
9.2.38 Version Software Release Notes
Cisco WAN Switching System Software
About These Release Notes
Cisco documentation and additional literature are available in a CD-ROM package, which ships with
your product. The Documentation CD-ROM, a member of the Cisco Connection Family, is updated
monthly. Therefore, it might be more current than printed documentation. To order additional copies of
the Documentation CD-ROM, contact your local sales representative or call customer service. The
CD-ROM package is available as a single package or as an annual subscription. You can also access
Cisco documentation on the World Wide Web at http://www.cisco.com, http://www-china.cisco.com, or
http://www-europe.cisco.com.
If you are reading Cisco product documentation on the World Wide Web, you can submit comments
electronically. Click Feedback in the toolbar, select Documentation, and click Enter the feedback
form. After you complete the form, click Submit to send it to Cisco. We appreciate your comments.
About the 9.2 Release
The 9.2 software release supports the Cisco WAN switching products, BPX 8600 series, and IGX 8400
series. This release does not support the IPX switch.
Phased Release Strategy
The MSSBU rollout plans for the 9.2 release is based upon a series of incremental feature releases. This
phased feature release strategy is designed to allow the earliest customer availability of key new features,
consistent with maintaining high product quality. For the latest status of each 9.2 feature, please see
below.
The minimum release version noted in the table below represents the minimum switch software version
required for each feature. As usual, it is recommended that customers use the most current maintenance
releases.
Americas Headquarters:
Cisco Systems, Inc., 170 West Tasman Drive, San Jose, CA 95134-1706 USA
© <year> Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
About the 9.2 Release
REVIEW DRAFT—CISCO CONFIDENTIAL
Definitions
Generally Available (GA)—Feature is ready for wide deployment with no restrictions. Customers
deploying GA features are supported by the Technical Assistance Center (TAC).
First Customer Ship (FCS)—Feature is available for controlled introduction by selected customers. To
trial use an FCS feature, please contact your account representative.
Customers selected for controlled introduction will receive assistance with test plan review and special
support from the New Product Team (NPT) in addition to the normal Technical Assistance Center (TAC)
support.
Pre-First Customer Ship (Pre-FCS)—Feature is not yet available in the Switch Software baseline.
Target Date—This is the date for feature delivery that is supported by current Engineering and
Marketing plans. This date is subject to change.
Product
Feature Name
FCS/GA
Status
Minimum Release
IGX
Support for UXM XLR card
GA
9.2.30
BPX
Support Multiple VSI Partitions
GA
9.2.30
IGX
HDM/LDM Control Lead Trap
GA
9.2.30
IGX
Support UXM Feeder
GA
9.2.30
IGX
SES Feeder to IGX
GA
9.2.20
BPX/IGX
A-bit Notification
GA
9.2.20
BPX/IGX
Real-Time VBR
GA
9.2.20
IGX
Support Enhanced UXM
GA
9.2.20
BPX
Support Enchanced BXM
GA
9.2.20
BPX
Support for 16K connections
GA
9.2.10
BPX
Support for Virtual Switch Interface (VSI) 2.2
GA
This interface is available in 9.2.10. Use
of this interface is dependent upon other
products, for example IOS.
BPX
Support for APS Annex B
GA
9.2.10
IGX
Support for UXM VP tunneling
GA
9.2.10
BPX
Include SONET line protection: APS on BXM-OC3
and BXM-OC12 (1+1)
GA
9.2.01
BPX
Support for Virtual Trunking on the BXM card
GA
9.2.01
BPX
Include SONET line protection: APS on BXM-OC3
and BXM-OC12 (2 card, 1:1)
GA
9.2.00
BPX
Support for LMI/ILMI on BXM card
GA
9.2.00
BPX/IGX
Alarms for all service-affecting events
GA
9.2.00
BPX/IGX
Support for feature mismatch on BXM and UXM cards GA
9.2.00
BPX/IGX
Support for Hitless Rebuild including Disable Auto Bus GA
Diagnostics
9.2.00
BPX/IGX
Support for IGX and BPX trunk reconfiguration
without outage
9.2.00
GA
9.2.38 Version Software Release Notes Cisco WAN Switching System Software
2
OL-xxxxx-xx
About the 9.2 Release
REVIEW DRAFT—CISCO CONFIDENTIAL
FCS/GA
Status
Minimum Release
Support for Revision Interoperability between 9.1 and
9.2
GA
9.2.00
BPX/IGX
Support for UXM and BXM Multilevel Channel
Statistics
GA
9.2.00
BPX/IGX
Support ports and trunks on the same UXM and BXM
cards
GA
9.2.00
IGX
Support for ATM Forum Standard Compliant IMA
Trunking with UXM Firmware Model B
GA
9.2.00
IGX
Support for Virtual Trunking on the UXM card
GA
9.2.00
IGX
Support VC traffic shaping on UXM port
GA
9.2.00
IGX
Support for Idle code suppression for video on UVM
and CVM cards
GA
9.2.00
Product
Feature Name
BPX/IGX
Software Release 9.2.38
This is a maintenance release including all features supported up to Release 9.2.30. The following files
will be extracted from a TAR file upon upgrading to Software Release 9.2.38.
Table 1
Release 9.2.38 BPX Files
File Name(s)
File Size (bytes)
9238B.000 to 9238B.023
65536
9238B.024
47746
9238B.img
784
Table 2
Release 9.2.38 IGX Files
File Name(s)
File Size (bytes)
9238G.000 to 9238G.025
65536
9238G.026
62765
9238G.img
784
Software Release 9.2.31, 9.2.32, 9.2.33, 9.2.34, 9.2.35, 9.2.36, 9.2.37
This is a maintenance release including all features supported up to Release 9.2.30.
Software Release 9.2.30
Includes all features supported up to Release 9.2.20 and introduces the following additional features:
•
Support for Multiple Partitions
9.2.38 Version Software Release Notes Cisco WAN Switching System Software
OL-xxxxx-xx
3
About the 9.2 Release
REVIEW DRAFT—CISCO CONFIDENTIAL
•
Support for UXM Feeder
•
Support for HDM/LDM Control Lead Trap
•
Support for UXM XLR Back Card
Software Release 9.2.23, 9.2.22, and 9.2.21
Includes all features supported up to Release 9.2.20.
Software Release 9.2.20
Includes all features supported up to Release 9.2.10 and introduces the following additional features:
•
Support for Real-Time VBR (rt-VBR)
•
Support for Early A-bit Notification (This feature is an enhancement to the Early A-Bit Notification
feature in release 9.1)
•
Support the Service Extension Shelf (SES) Feeder to IGX
•
Software support for Enhanced BXM and UXM cards
Software Release 9.2.10
Includes all features supported up to Release 9.2.01 and introduces the following additional features:
•
Support for Virtual Switch Interface (VSI) 2.2
•
Support for 16K connections
•
Support for UXM VP tunneling
•
Support for APS Annex B
•
Support for Multiple Protocol Label Switching (MPLS); MPLS-Virtual Private Network (VPN); and
MPLS Class of Service (COS). See clarifications section for more details.
Software Release 9.2.01
Includes all features supported in Release 9.2.00 and introducing the following additional features:
•
Support for Virtual Trunking on the BXM card
•
Includes SONET line protection: APS on BXM-OC3 and BXM-OC12 (1+1)
Software Release 9.2.00
Introduces the following features:
•
Support for Virtual Trunking on the UXM card
•
Support for both ports and trunks simultaneously on the same UXM and BXM cards
•
Support for Hitless Rebuild including Disable Auto Bus Diagnostics
•
Support for UXM and BXM Multilevel Channel Statistics
9.2.38 Version Software Release Notes Cisco WAN Switching System Software
4
OL-xxxxx-xx
Clarifications
REVIEW DRAFT—CISCO CONFIDENTIAL
•
Alarms for all service-affecting events
•
Support for Revision Interoperability between 9.1 and 9.2
•
Support for IGX and BPX trunk reconfiguration without outage
•
Support for ATM Forum Standard Compliant IMA Trunking with UXM (IGX 8400) Firmware
Model B
•
Include SONET line protection: APS on BXM-OC3 and BXM-OC12 (2 card, 1:1)
•
Support for LMI/ILMI on BXM card
•
Support for feature mismatch on BXM and UXM cards
•
Support for Idle code suppression for video on UVM and CVM cards
•
Support VC traffic shaping on UXM port
•
Support for UXM STM-1 Electrical back card
Clarifications
1.
Release 9.2.31 introduced a new command—cnffdrlmiparms—which makes the feeder LMI timers
and counters configurable. This command is currently supported on BPX only and cannot be added
in the Job mode.
Usage: cnffdrlmiparms slot.port T393 T394 T396 N394 N395
where slot.port specifies the feeder trunk to configure. The details of the other parameters are as
follows:
Timer
Description
Range (sec.)
Default (sec.)
T396
LMI polling timer
5-30
10
T393
SPC STATUS ENQUIRY timer
5-30
10
T394
SPC UPDATE STATUS timer
5-30
10
N394
Max retry count for SPC STATUS
1-10
5
1 -10
5
ENQUIRY/ REPORT procedures
N395
Max retry count for SPC UPDATE
STATUS / ACK procedures
2.
In Release 9.2.31 the system parameter 2 (cnfsysparm 2) is changed from “Fail Connections On
Communication Break” to “Allow CPU Starvation of Fail Handler.”
The old parameter has been removed as it violated the principle of the separating control and data
plane. The new parameter allows a new feature to be turned off, which gives CPU to the Fail Handler
at the expense of the Transaction Handler in case the Fail Handler does not get scheduled for a long
time.
3.
Do not mix MEE and MEF (or higher) in Y-red pairs for BXM 2-port group enhanced cards (OC-3
or OC-12 port). addyred will fail if both are in standby mode, or the primary card has been activated
with MEF (or higher) and the secondary card has MEE.
4.
For the BXM 2-port group, enhanced cards activated with MEF or higher, downrev to MEE will
bring the cards into MISMATCH mode. This applies to both single cards and Y-red pairs.
9.2.38 Version Software Release Notes Cisco WAN Switching System Software
OL-xxxxx-xx
5
Clarifications
REVIEW DRAFT—CISCO CONFIDENTIAL
5.
6.
Release 9.2.30 introduced four new commands in BPX:
•
addctrlr to add VSI capabilities to a trunk interface to which a Feeder of type AAL5 is attached.
This command is basically run as the second step in adding a PNNI controller.
•
delctrlr to delete VSI capabilities from a trunk interface to which a Feeder of type AAL5 is
attached. This command is basically run as the first step in deleting a PNNI controller.
•
cnfvsipart to configure VSI partition characteristics. Currently, we can only enable VSI ILMI
functionality using this command.
•
dspvsipartcnf to display VSI partition characteristics. Currently, this command only displays
information about VSI ILMI functionality.
There are changes in the following commands starting from Release 9.2.30:
•
cnfrsrc
– Allow start VPI = 0 for a VSI partition on a port interface, provided there is only one VSI
partition on the port interface.
– Prevent second VSI partition from being enabled on a port interface if the first VSI partition
uses a start VPI = 0.
– Prevent a VSI partition from being disabled on a trunk interface if a PNNI controller is attached
to the trunk interface controlling partition being disabled.
•
cnfport
– Prevent disabling ILMI protocol on a port interface, if a VSI ILMI session is active on a VSI
partition on the port interface.
– Prevent configuring ILMI protocol on port interfaces to run on the BCC, if a VSI ILMI session
is active on a VSI partition on the port interface.
•
cnftrk
– Prevent configuring ILMI protocol on a trunk interface to run on the BCC, if a VSI ILMI session
is active on a VSI partition on the trunk interface.
•
addshelf
– Prevent adding a feeder to a trunk, if VSI ILMI session is active on a VSI partition on the trunk
interface.
7.
The multiple partitions introduce two VSI partitions on trunk and port interfaces on the BXM card.
One partition can be used for MPLS, and one can be used for PNNI. Virtual Trunk can have only
one VSI partition or can be used for AutoRoute, but cannot be used for both VSI and AutoRoute
simultaneously. This project introduces six service class templates in addition to the three existing
templates.
Even though tag ABR is supported in Service Class Template (SCT), neither the MPLS controller
nor the BXM firmware currently support this.
The configurable VPI/VCI introduces 2 new parameters in addctrlr and addshelf commands,
through which the user can specify the VPI and VCI of the master-slave control channels.
8.
There is a change in reporting of port group numbers in Release 9.2.32. Previous image (MEC) of
BXM used to report a 1-port group for the 2-port group cards at the channel statistics level 2 and 3.
This made the port belonging to second port group unusable.
9.2.38 Version Software Release Notes Cisco WAN Switching System Software
6
OL-xxxxx-xx
Clarifications
REVIEW DRAFT—CISCO CONFIDENTIAL
For enhanced BXM cards, upgrade to 9.2.30 software first and then burn the BXM card with the
MEE or higher firmware, BXM will report 2-port groups for 2-port cards all the time. The smooth
transition between the earlier 1-port group and the newly reported 2-port groups also displays the
message in dspcd “Inconsistency with logical PG #” (port group number). All earlier software will
“mismatch” the card.
If the BXM card is programmed with MEC or earlier firmware revision, the channel statistics for
level 2 or 3 will report 1-port group for enhanced BXM cards. Burning an MEE or higher image will
result in 2-port groups, but for backwards compatibility the software will not do the recomputation
of LCNs based on the new port groups. In its logical database, this will not impact the AutoRoute
connections.
For VSI controllers the reported value will be higher than the actual available LCNs. That means a
VSI controller may not be able to add connection even though the available connections are
non-zero. If the user wishes to remove the above discrepancy, the card must be brought to the
standby mode.
Note that the newly configured card or the card in standby mode programmed with MEE or higher
image brought to the active state will not have above discrepancy.
9.
In BPX nodes that use processor cards with 32 MB of RAM, it is possible to run out of memory in
the Hitless Region. This can happen if the node is too heavily configured with cards and
connections. The recommendation below should prevent memory aborts.
In nodes that have processor cards with 64 MB of RAM, there should be no Hitless Region memory
problem. This is because 64 MB processors contain a second Hitless Region, which is larger than
the first.
The following calculation will help prevent memory aborts on BPX processors with 32 MB. For
simplicity, the numbers are approximate. It is necessary to add up the number of cards in the node,
as well as the number of connections, and make sure that the total does not exceed the
recommendation.
During system initialization, roughly 17,100 blocks of the available 40,000 are used for the card
database.
In addition, assume that 1500 blocks will be needed for each BXM card that can support 16K
connections, which is the more common configuration. Some BXM cards can support 32K
connections, and these will need 3000 blocks of the Hitless Region. This chunk of memory is
allocated at the insertion of the BXM card and will not be released until a card of different type is
inserted.
Also, 300 blocks will be needed for each 1000 via connections on the node. This can be viewed with
the user command dspload.
17100 blocks for card database
1500 blocks for EACH BXM that supports 16K conns
3000 blocks for EACH BXM that supports 32K conns
300 blocks for EACH 1000 conns
----------------------------------------------------------------40000 blocks maximum total (34000 blocks for 9.2 releases up to 9.2.23)
10. The minimum software required to run MPLS are:
•
BPX Switch Software Release 9.2.10 or later
•
BXM firmware must be MEA or later
•
IOS Software Release 12.0(5)T (refer to IOS Release Note)
•
Virtual Switch Interface (VSI) 2.2
9.2.38 Version Software Release Notes Cisco WAN Switching System Software
OL-xxxxx-xx
7
Clarifications
REVIEW DRAFT—CISCO CONFIDENTIAL
The BPX with an external 7x00 label switch controller (router) with Switch Software Release 9.2.10
and IOS Release 12.0(5)T can function as an ATM-LSR. The enhancements to dynamic label
switching that was supported in Release 9.1 include support for MPLS Class of Service. The BPX
as an ATM-LSR supports the “Multi-Label VC” model to support MPLS Class of Service. Five
Qbins (Qbin 10-14) are reserved for MPLS Class of Service. Class-based WFQ is supported on these
IP queues.
The BPX can also function as a “P” ATM-LSR in the MPLS-VPN architecture.
Hot redundancy of MPLS connections on the BPX is supported by BXM hot card redundancy.
Continuous message forwarding, and keep-alive between the BXM redundant pair ensures the
connection continuity on BXM switchover. On failure of a BXM card, the standby card becomes
active with the label VCs. Resynchronization between the MPLS label switch controller and the
BPX ensures that their databases are in sync.
11. The 16K connections feature increases the number of connections terminating on the BPX switch
to 16,000. The count includes connections terminating on BXM or ASI endpoints on cards within
the node as well as connections terminating on service modules in the feeder shelves connected to
the BPX switch. For example, a Frame Relay connection that originates on an FRSM in an MGX
8220 connected to a BPX counts as one of the 16,000 terminated connections on that BPX.
This feature requires a BCC-3-64 or BCC-4 controller in the BPX as well as Switch Software 9.2.10
or higher.
12. Version 2.2 of the Virtual Switch Interface (VSI) provides the BPX switch with the ability to support
multiple network protocols and multiple controllers per switch (for example, MPLS, PNNI, and so
on). Switch resources can be dedicated to a specific controller or shared by multiple controllers.
This feature is supported on BXM ports, trunks, and virtual trunks and requires a BCC-3-64 or
BCC-4 controller in the BPX as well as Switch Software 9.2.10 or higher and firmware MEA or
higher.
Following are the VSI features:
•
Support for only one partition, that is, a port or a trunk can be partitioned into one VSI partition
along with AutoRoute.
•
A Virtual Trunk interface cannot have both VSI and AutoRoute simultaneously. It has to be
either VSI or AutoRoute only.
•
There are nine Service Class Templates (SCTs) defined. SCT 1 is used for interfaces exclusively
for MPLS. SCT 2 and 3 are respectively used for ports and trunk interfaces, which are
exclusively used for PNNI. SCT 4 onwards are used for interfaces that are used for both MPLS
and PNNI.
•
Master Redundancy is supported, that is, multiple controllers can control the same partition.
•
Only one controller can be added per trunk interface.
13. The combinations of system limits such as the number of trunks, lines, ports, and connections as
well as enabled TFTP interval statistics should be provisioned so that the node has at least 50 percent
idle time usage. Use the command dspprfhist to verify.
14. When cost-based routing is used, increasing the cost of a trunk will result in deleting the preferred
path on connections in the database if the sum of the preferred path cost exceeds the connection of
configured cost. The connections will remain routed on its current path.
15. On the BXM and UXM, for the OC-3 MultiMode Fiber back cards, Y-Redundancy/hot standby is
not supported due to hardware restrictions.
16. The trunk reconfiguration feature does not support IMA trunks.
9.2.38 Version Software Release Notes Cisco WAN Switching System Software
8
OL-xxxxx-xx
Special Installation/Upgrade Requirements
REVIEW DRAFT—CISCO CONFIDENTIAL
Special Installation/Upgrade Requirements
General/Upgrade Procedure
Please consult your Support Representative before performing any software upgrade.
Note
Caution
Step 1
1.
The earliest release supported for graceful upgrade is 9.1.03.
2.
The 9.2 switch software requires a minimum of MED firmware for BXM Model E non-enhanced
cards; MEE is the minimum required firmware for enhanced BXM cards.
3.
Before upgrading to this release when UXM cards are to be used, certain legacy card firmware must
be upgraded. See the compatibility matrix for cards affected and the exact versions to be used.
Standards-compliant IMA is not compatible with the proprietary IMA protocol used in revision A
firmware. Both ends of an IMA trunk must have the same protocol.
Failure to follow this procedure may result in the card not operating. The card should be returned to
Cisco if this occurs:
Verify current boot code version
In order to run Model B firmware on UXM, the card needs to be running boot code revision 6 or greater.
To determine the boot code running on the card, issue the following command from CLI (user must be
logged in as Service level or greater to use this command):
rsh <slot #> sys version
Step 2
Upgrade UXM’s boot code if necessary
The process for loading boot code is identical to the process you would use to load firmware. The only
part that changes is the name of the file.
Note
Burning the boot code will cause the card to reset.
Step 3
Upgrade UXM’s firmware
Step 4
When Y-redundant trunks are used, the red alarm in/out values must be configured to 1.25/1.5 seconds
or greater, or else INVMUX failures will occur and trunk failures will be observed during a
Y-redundancy switchover. Use the following command:
cnftrkparm
This is due to the IMA protocol and may cause reroute of connections.
Step 5
Upgrade NPM software to 9.2
4.
Procedure for upgrading UXM-to-IMATM trunks from proprietary IMA protocol to ATM
forum-compliant IMA protocol.
9.2.38 Version Software Release Notes Cisco WAN Switching System Software
OL-xxxxx-xx
9
Special Installation/Upgrade Requirements
REVIEW DRAFT—CISCO CONFIDENTIAL
Step 1
Download and burn UXM bootcode version 6 or later to all UXMs in the network. This will cause the
card to reset and reroute traffic to other trunks.
Step 2
On IGX, to have firmware upgrade, issue command cnffunc 15 d to disable the UXM from resetting
automatically after the firmware is burned in.
Step 3
On each MGX 8220 equipped with IMATM-B, upgrade the ASC to 5.0.10.
Step 4
Download the Forum Compliant Firmware Version IMATM5.0.10.fw but do NOT reset the IMATM-B
card.
Step 5
On each IGX-UXM with IMA to be upgraded, burn firmware ABE or later to each UXM with IMA
trunks.
Step 6
Simultaneously reset the card at each end of each IMA trunk to minimize trunk outage.
Step 7
Upgrade 9.1 nodes to 9.2 via loadrev and runrev.
Step 8
Issue the command cnffunc 15 e after each IGX is upgraded to 9.2.20 or later.
Note
The above procedure also applies to the UXME.
5.
Note
Procedure for upgrading UXM-to-UXM trunks from proprietary IMA protocol to ATM
forum-compliant IMA protocol.
For Y-redundant UXMs, issue the command cnftrkparm 18 100000 100000 prior to this procedure and
return to default values after this procedure.
Step 1
Download and burn UXM bootcode version 6 or later to all UXMs in the network. This will cause the
card to reset and reroute traffic to other trunks.
Step 2
On IGX to have firmware upgraded, issue command cnffunc 15 d to disable the UXM from resetting
automatically after the firmware is burned in.
Step 3
On each IGX-UXM with IMA to be upgraded, burn firmware ABE or later to each UXM with IMA
trunks.
Step 4
Simultaneously reset the card at each end of each IMA trunk to minimize trunk outage.
Step 5
Upgrade 9.1 nodes to 9.2 via loadrev and runrev.
Step 6
Issue the command cnffunc 15 e after each IGX is upgraded to 9.2.20 or later.
Note
The above procedure also applies to the UXME.
6.
Procedure for upgrading BXM cards to the 9.2 firmware release.
To enable BXM cards to utilize 9.2 features, all BXM cards must be upgraded to the 9.2 firmware
release. The following steps should be taken to avoid card mismatch:
For the switch running
•
9.1 or 9.2 or earlier than 9.2.30 switch software,
9.2.38 Version Software Release Notes Cisco WAN Switching System Software
10
OL-xxxxx-xx
Special Installation/Upgrade Requirements
REVIEW DRAFT—CISCO CONFIDENTIAL
•
BXM firmware earlier than MEC, and
•
BXM OC3/OC12 interface and the BXM is configured to channel statistic level 2 or higher.
Perform the following steps to avoid card mismatch for all BXM enhanced cards:
Step 1
Upgrade BXM firmware to MEC.
Step 2
Upgrade BCC software to 9.2.30 or higher.
Step 3
Upgrade BXM firmware to MEE or higher.
For all other cases, do the following steps:
Step 1
Upgrade BXM firmware to MED or higher.
Step 2
Upgrade BCC software to 9.2.30 or higher.
Note
See the Compatibility Matrix for the exact versions to be used.
7.
Procedure for adding new BCC cards as a part of upgrading to the 9.2 release.
•
If new BCC cards are to be installed as part of the upgrade to Release 9.2, then the physical card
upgrade procedure described below must be completed as a separate activity from the Switch
software upgrade.
– If upgrading to BCC-4 cards on BPX 8600 nodes, complete the software upgrade first, followed
by the BCC-4 physical card upgrade. If BCC-4 is already installed then upgrade as normal.
– If any other type of BCC cards are being physically upgraded, complete the physical upgrade
of the cards first, followed by the software upgrade.
Note
•
Statistics collection must be disabled prior to and during the software upgrade process. The
disabling must be done prior to the issuing of the first loadrev command.
•
Statistics sampling must be disabled prior to the issuing of the first loadrev command at the start of
an upgrade. (Use the service level command off1/off2, turn off line statistic sampling, port statistic
sampling, trunk statistic sampling, and connection statistic sampling.)
See the Compatibility Matrix for the tested/supported versions of other firmware and software that work
with this release.
8.
Step 1
Upgrading VSI 1.1 in Release 9.1 to VSI 2.2 in Release 9.2.
Upgrade the Tag Switch Controller (TSC)
The TSC is upgraded to the CoS VSI Version Capable Release (IOS 12.XX). This image is VSI bilingual,
meaning it understands both VSI Version 1 and Version 2.
Step 2
Upgrade the BXMs
9.2.38 Version Software Release Notes Cisco WAN Switching System Software
OL-xxxxx-xx
11
Special Installation/Upgrade Requirements
REVIEW DRAFT—CISCO CONFIDENTIAL
Upgrade all the BXM cards in the node to Model E, which is VSI Version 2 and CoS capable. After each
BXM card is downloaded with the Model E image, it temporarily experiences VSI outage until the BCC
software is upgraded. The VSI outage during the upgrade is caused by the Model E firmware not being
backward compatible with VSI Version 1 features.
Note that from the TSC perspective, after a BXM is upgraded to the Model E image, the interfaces that
used to be on the card will “disappear.” The TDP sessions that were on the interfaces will be lost. When
all the BXMs are upgraded to the Model E while still running Release 9.1 software on the BCC, the node
will experience a complete outage of MPLS traffic. AutoRoute will have a hitless upgrade.
Step 3
Upgrade the BCC.
As the BCC is upgraded from software Release 9.1 to the desired 9.2.3x release. The BCC recognizes
the Model E BXMs and downloads the VSI partition configuration. This causes the BXMs to issue ifc
cfg traps to the TSC, allowing the TSC to rediscover all the MPLS interfaces on the BPX. The TDP
sessions are reestablished and MPLS traffic starts flowing again through the BPX.
Note
The VSI 1.1 and VSI 2.2 are not interoperable.
Revision Interoperability Supported
Revision interoperating upgrades are supported, from the 9.1 to 9.2 releases of Switch software, with
secondary revision incorporation for network lowest revision. This will lessen the risk of new features
being enabled in a mixed network after the downgrade.
A “Secondary Revision” field in the node is used for the determination of the network lowest revision.
Previous to this change, software used only the nodes primary revision.
The interoperability functionality uses network lowest revision for:
•
Blocking the new feature unless network lowest revision is greater than or equal to the minimum
supported revision for the feature
•
dspblkdfuncs
Version Compatibility Notes
For a complete list of firmware revisions supported, see the Compatibility Matrix document, which is
included in this release package.
•
This release will run with:
– Any MGX 8220 Release 4.0, 4.1, and 5.0
– Cisco WAN Manager (Cisco StrataView Plus) version 9.2
– CiscoView version 2.00
– UXM model ABJ or later
– BXM model MED or later for non-enhanced BXM cards
– BXM model MEE or later for enhanced BXM cards
– Switch Software Release 9.2 is not compatible with UXM Firmware Model A.
9.2.38 Version Software Release Notes Cisco WAN Switching System Software
12
OL-xxxxx-xx
Special Installation/Upgrade Requirements
REVIEW DRAFT—CISCO CONFIDENTIAL
•
Switch Software Release 9.2 is not compatible with BXM Firmware Model C or earlier.
•
Switch Software Release 9.2 is interworking with VNS 3.1.
•
DAS interworking with Release 9.2 is not supported.
Control Card Requirements
All processor cards must be configured with a minimum of 32MB of RAM. This includes BCCs and
NPMs. NPMs require at least 1MB of BRAM. To verify the BRAM size on IGX 8400 nodes, use the
dspcd command.
Note
If any control cards contain less than 32MB of DRAM (these would be NPMs) then they must be
replaced with cards containing at least 32MB of DRAM prior to upgrading to Release 9.2. The physical
upgrade of the nodes with these control cards must be done according to the upgrade procedure defined
as follows.
Control Card Boot Firmware Requirements
As specified next, the correct version of control card (CC) boot firmware must be installed on the cards
prior to a software upgrade to Release 9.2.
BCC Type
Firmware
BCC-32
H.B.J
BCC-3-32
H.C.M
BCC-3-64
H.D.M
BCC-4
H.E.M.
BCC-4V
H.H.M
NPM Type
Firmware
NPM-32
R.B.S
NPM-64
R.C.S
NPM-32B
R.E.S
NPM-64B
R.F.S
With the new version of NPM boot code (RXS), the boot code upgrading does not require physical card
resetting with the following steps:
Step 1
Burn the boot code on the active NPM (1).
Step 2
Execute the switchcc command and wait until the NPM(1) becomes standby. NPM(2) is now active.
Step 3
Execute the resetcd command to reset the standby (resetcd 1 h). Wait until the reset card NPM(1)
becomes standby.
9.2.38 Version Software Release Notes Cisco WAN Switching System Software
OL-xxxxx-xx
13
Special Installation/Upgrade Requirements
REVIEW DRAFT—CISCO CONFIDENTIAL
Step 4
Burn the boot code on the active NPM(2).
Step 5
Execute the switchcc command and wait until the NPM(2) becomes standby. NPM(1) is now active.
Step 6
Execute the resetcd command to reset the standby (resetcd 2 h). Wait until the reset card NPM(2)
become standby.
Control Card Compatibility Requirements
Each redundant pair of BCC cards in a given BPX 8600 node must be of the identical type and memory
configuration. That is, for example, if the active card is a BCC-3-32, then so must be the standby. BCC-3
cards with 32MB of RAM cannot be mixed with BCC-3 cards with 64MB of RAM.
Each redundant pair of NPM cards in a given IGX 8400 node must be of the identical type and memory
configuration. That is, for example, if the active card is an NPM-32, then so must be the standby. NPM
cards with 32MB of RAM cannot be mixed with NPM cards with 64MB of RAM. Also, NPM-64 cards
cannot be mixed with NPM-64B cards.
This is a requirement for all software upgrade and downgrade procedures. It does not apply to the
physical card upgrade procedure, described in the following section.
Control Card Physical Card Upgrade Procedure
When performing a control card (CC) upgrade, the following procedure must be used. This applies to all
processors: BCCs, and/or NPMs.
Step 1
Remove the current standby CC front and back card. (Remove back card only applies to BCC.)
Step 2
Replace with new CC front and back cards. (Replace back card only apply to BCC.)
Step 3
Wait for the standby updates on the newly installed standby CC to complete.
Step 4
Issue a switchcc command to utilize the newly installed CC.
Step 5
Verify that the network is stable.
Step 6
Remove the current standby CC front and back card. (Remove back card only applies to BCC.)
Step 7
Replace with new CC front and back cards that are identical to the current active CC. (Replace back card
only apply to BCC)
Step 8
Wait for the standby updates on the newly installed standby CC to complete.
Step 9
The CC physical upgrade is now complete.
Step 10
With the secondary card in the standby state, cause a switchover using the switchcc command. This will
test that the hardware is working correctly.
Note
After Step 2, the node will contain a mix of an old type CCs and the new type CCs. This condition is
permitted only while the standby updates to the new CC are in progress, which will take less than one
hour. The time during which this mixture of CC types exists must be kept to a minimum by immediately
replacing the second old type CC with the matching one of the new type.
9.2.38 Version Software Release Notes Cisco WAN Switching System Software
14
OL-xxxxx-xx
Notes and Cautions
REVIEW DRAFT—CISCO CONFIDENTIAL
Obsoleted
•
Starting from Release 9.2.00, the IPX is no longer supported.
•
VSI 1.0 is no longer supported.
•
FastPAD is no longer supported.
•
The noncompliant IMA trunking (Cisco proprietary) supported in Model A of UXM firmware is not
supported in Release 9.2.
Notes and Cautions
Additional Notes:
1.
Switch Software Release 9.2 is not compatible with UXM firmware Model A.
2.
If attempting to burn UXM firmware Model B into UXM firmware Model A with 9.2 software, the
firmware Model B will not be burned into the UXM card due to the incompatibility of software 9.2
and UXM firmware Model A. The UXM has to be returned to Cisco for service.
3.
If using MEC or earlier BXM firmware and upgrading to MEE or later, the version of switch
software has to be upgraded first so that the enhanced BXM cards will report 2-port groups for 2-port
cards all the time. The smooth transition between the earlier 1 port group and the newly reported
2-port groups also displays message in dspcd “Inconsistency with logical PG #” (port group
number). All earlier software will mismatch the card. This applies to BXM-OC3 or BXM-OC12
and configured to channel statistic level 2 or higher.
4.
Firmware MED and earlier supports APS Redundancy on Legacy BXM only.
5.
Because of hardware limitations, BXM hardware is not able to recognize all user-programmed cell
transmission rates. Rather only discrete transmission rates can be used instead.
The equation below shows what the BXM hardware actually transmits given a user configured cell
rate. The transmitted cell rate is always less than or equal to the configured cell rate. To prevent any
cell loss, the transmitted cell rate must be equal to the configured rate. To do so, a cell rate must be
chosen from the table below.
The rate table below lists the highest 200 cell rates supported be BXM such that if used, will result
in no cell loss (given cell traffic is less than configured cell rate). Additional rates can be calculated
using 1470588/[n + (1/256)], where n is an integer.
The logic to calculate the actual cell transmission rate in a BXM card is as follows:
if (configured cell rate == full line cell rate) then
transmitted cell rate = full line cell rate
else
transmitted cell rate = from equation below or from table below
1470588
transmitted – cell – rate = -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------1470588
1 -⎞
⎛ integer – round – up ⎛ ------------------------------------------------------------⎞ + -------⎝
⎝ configured – cell – rate⎠ 256⎠
Example:
9.2.38 Version Software Release Notes Cisco WAN Switching System Software
OL-xxxxx-xx
15
Notes and Cautions
REVIEW DRAFT—CISCO CONFIDENTIAL
If a trunk is configured at 100,000 cells per second (cps), the actual transmitted cell rate is then
98,013 cps, any traffic sent over 98,013 cps would be discarded.
If a trunk is configured at 98,013 cps, then the actual transmitted cell rate is 98,013 cps with no cell
loss.
Therefore, only rates in the table should be used. Otherwise, cell loss may be experienced. The table
will not be exhausted at the end but still go on with the computing from the above equation.
1464865
56552
28832
19348
14559
11670
9738
8355
733860
54458
28278
19097
14416
11579
9674
8308
489558
52513
27744
18852
14277
11488
9611
8261
367288
50703
27231
18614
14139
11399
9549
8215
293888
49013
26736
18381
14005
11311
9487
8169
244938
47432
26258
18154
13872
11225
9426
8124
209966
45950
25798
17933
13743
11140
9366
8079
183733
44558
25353
17717
13616
11056
9307
8035
163327
43247
24923
17506
13491
10974
9248
7992
147001
42012
24508
17300
13368
10892
9190
7948
133642
40845
24106
17099
13248
10812
9133
7906
122509
39741
23717
16902
13129
10733
9077
7863
113088
38695
23341
16710
13013
10656
9021
7822
105012
37703
22976
16522
12899
10579
8966
7780
98013
36761
22623
16339
12787
10503
8912
7739
91889
35864
22280
16159
12677
10429
8858
7699
86485
35010
21947
15983
12568
10355
8805
7659
81681
34196
21625
15812
12462
10283
8753
7619
77383
33419
21311
15643
12357
10212
8701
7580
73515
32676
21007
15479
12254
10141
8650
7541
70014
31966
20711
15318
12153
10072
8599
7502
66833
31286
20423
15160
12053
10003
8549
7464
63927
30634
20143
15005
11955
9936
8500
7427
61264
30009
19871
14853
11859
9869
8451
7389
58814
29409
19606
14705
11764
9803
8403
7352
.....
9.2.38 Version Software Release Notes Cisco WAN Switching System Software
16
OL-xxxxx-xx
Notes and Cautions
REVIEW DRAFT—CISCO CONFIDENTIAL
6.
On the BPX with MGX 8220 feeder(s), regardless of the setting of the Node Parameter “42 Enable
Feeder Alert,” a feeder alert message will be sent to all MGX 8220 feeders immediately before a
hitless rebuild takes place. The feeder alert message will temporarily disable the LMI polling from
the MGX 8220 feeders. The MGX 8220 polling will resume as soon as the BPX is ready to exchange
LMI messages.
7.
The amount of traffic allowed on a VP tunneling connection is two-thirds bandwidth of that
connection. The minimum bandwidth must be 100 cells per second. For example, a CBR connection
with a peak cell rate 1500 cps then can pass traffic up to 1000 cps.
1.
BME firmware MKA and MKB is not compatible with BPX Switch Software Release 9.2x and later.
2.
For Switch Software 9.2, MPLS and PNNI controllers cannot coexist.
3.
In Release 9.2.30 and later, nodes might declare a communication break when using the BXM
virtual trunking feature. The problem has been observed under the following conditions:
Limitations
– At least two virtual trunks share a common port at one node, but their remote end points
terminate on different nodes.
– The virtual trunks are used to carry networking (rt_op) traffic.
The simplest example follows below:
node_A ------ vtrk ----- node_B -----vtrk -----node_C
On the above diagram, node_B is a virtual trunk share a common port
With this topology, “node_A” sees “node_C” as unreachable and vice-versa; however, “node_A”
communicates to “node_B,” and “node_B” communicates to “node_C.”
•
The problem is caused by a misprogrammed trunk networking channel. In the above example, the
misprogramming occurs at “node_B.” A channel that should be programmed for ingress and egress
operation is programmed as egress only.
Workarounds:
– BXM firmware MEH and later contains the fix for this bug (CSCdr51875).
– BXM virtual trunking (no VT wraparound) can still be implemented using Software Release
9.2.20 and higher.
– If virtual trunks are not yet in use, the VT wraparound solution can be implemented in release
9.2.30 and higher (CSCdr51875)
4.
When the cnfrsrc command is used to delete VSI partitions on an interface, software does not check
if any Soft Permanent Virtual Circuit (SPVC) connections exists on that partition. Even if there are
SPVC connections on a partition, the partition can be deleted using the cnfrsrc command. The only
protection is that users are provided with a warning when they try to delete the partition.
If there are SPVC connections on a partition and if the partition is deleted, the SPVC connections
will be left in a undefined and unrecoverable state. Hence, before deleting a VSI partition, ensure
that all the SPVC connections are deleted on that partition.
5.
For UVM cards, there will be no new revisions of Model A firmware. When attempting to download
Model A firmware to a UVM, software will give the user an error message indicating that the
firmware does not match the card type. Note that there is no problem with continuing to use existing
UVM cards running the old firmware(CSCdp08741).
9.2.38 Version Software Release Notes Cisco WAN Switching System Software
OL-xxxxx-xx
17
Notes and Cautions
REVIEW DRAFT—CISCO CONFIDENTIAL
6.
There is a new traffic class added in Release 9.2.20 that causes a trunk parameter conflict with
pre-9.2.20 node. The conflict fails adding trunk between 9.2.20 BTM/ATM and pre- 9.2.20
BTM/ATM.
All ATM traffic classes are set for BTM/ALM trunks and is hidden to the user. The introduction of
rt-VBR traffic class in 9.2.20 makes it different from pre-9.2.20 BTM/ALM trunk traffic class. The
user can not change the ATM traffic class for BTM/ALM trunk.
This problem exists with a new BTM/ALM trunk on an upgraded 9.2.20 node but does not exist with
an upgraded BTM/ALM trunk since the rt-VBR traffic class is not set while upgrading
(CSCdm64345).
7.
The cloud port to which a virtual trunk is connected should have ILMI polling disabled. Otherwise,
it could lead to a virtual trunk being clear on one end and declaring Virtual Trunk Path Failure at the
other end (CSCdm52909).
8.
In a BPX that contains BCC cards with 64MB, there is no limitation. All 12 available slots can
contain BXM or Enhanced-BXM cards.
In a BPX that contains BCC cards with 32MB, a maximum of 10 legacy BXM cards are allowed. If
some Enhanced-BXM cards are used in place of BXM, then each Enhanced-BXM will count as two
BXM cards.
9.
For performance reasons, AIS status of connections is not sent to the standby BCC. After switchcc,
it may take a few minutes to update the AIS status of connections. If dspcon does not show the
proper status of AIS or the dspalms screen shows an incorrect number of AIS, (after switchcc) wait
for few minutes so that the status gets updated. (The dspalms and dspcon commands show the status
of AIS.)
10. Hitless rebuild has similar limitations to that of a switchcc and full rebuild:
•
On IGX nodes, there is a four second continuity break. (Same as in a switchcc.)
•
There might be brief communication breaks with other nodes in the network. This will be
logged in the event log of the node. There is no traffic loss or trunk failures. (This is similar to
a switchcc and depends highly on the network and number of connections.)
•
Some line/trunk cards that are in the standby state may reset during a hitless rebuild.
•
The statistics that are collected by the Cisco Wan Manager will not be maintained across a
rebuild.
Some will be re-enabled automatically. These include:
•
Auto statistics
•
Summary statistics
•
Real-Time statistics
All other statistics have to be re-enabled for collection after a hitless rebuild takes place. These
mainly include the user statistics.
11. UVM cards in Y-redundancy will mismatch if one is burned with Idle Code Suppression Firmware
and the other is not.
When installing/burning Idle Code Suppression Firmware on UVM pairs, the Y-redundancy must be
removed, firmware in both UVM cards burned, and then the Y-redundancy can be restored.
12. Mismatch is reported when replacing a BXM card with another BXM card that has a different port
group, even though both BXM cards have the identical channel number.
13. When upgrading from Release 9.1 to 9.2, the 9.1 statistics on BXM/UXM cards are supported to
maintain compatibility. However, once a user configures a statistics level in 9.2, the statistics cannot
be configured back to 9.1 statistics.
9.2.38 Version Software Release Notes Cisco WAN Switching System Software
18
OL-xxxxx-xx
Notes and Cautions
REVIEW DRAFT—CISCO CONFIDENTIAL
There is no 9.1 statistics support for BXM/UXM cards that were shipped with 9.2 firmware since
the BXM/UXM card has the default level 1 statistics.
Therefore, when using a UXM with 9.2, a user must either:
•
Leave the statistics level untouched (this will work for UXM cards upgraded from 9.1)
OR
•
Set level 2 on the card
14. The BXM and UXM channel statistics level feature gives these cards the capability of collecting
more than four statistics per connection. However, it is the controller card's limitations, available
memory, and performance, that indicates how many statistics can actually be collected from the
cards and then reported to the Cisco Wan Manager (CWM).
The BCC-3-64 can collect at most three interval statistics per connection when there are 16,000
AutoRoute (AR) connections configured on the node. (Interval statistics are those statistics that are
reported to the CWM. They are often referred to as TFTP statistics.)
You can collect approximately 48,000 statistics (3 x 16,000) on the BCC-3-64. This is approximate
because there are many variables that will affect this value, such as are peaks enabled, how many
buckets are collected, are all connection of the same type, are trunk, line or port statistics enabled,
and so on.
With this approximation of 48,000 statistics on the BCC-3-64, this then means that as a rough
estimate you could enable 32 statistics on 1,500 connections, 48 statistics on 1,000 connections or
nine statistics on 5,000 connections, and so on. The approximation formula being:
max_stats_per_connection = 48,000/number_of_connections
15. In Release 9.1, the UXM card ran a proprietary IMA communication protocol. This protocol
matched that used on the MGX 8220 4 IMATM-B cards and hence could be connected together to
form a trunk. In Release 9.2, standards-compliant IMA are supported on the UXM card and
standards-compliant IMATM-B on MGX 8220 5.0.x must be used to form a trunk. There should be
no effect on UXM-IMA trunks connected to other UXM-IMA trunks in 9.1 to 9.2 interoperability
mode.
16. The transmit rate on an IGX IMA trunk can be altered at the local node with any trunk outage. It is
possible that the transmit rates are different at the two ends of an IMA trunk. After this trunk is
deleted, it cannot be added back unless the transmit rates are the same.
17. When doing a grouped upgrade from Release 9.1 to 9.2, the software error 1427 may be logged on
the BPX/IGX node during a non-graceful upgrade. This error can be ignored since it is harmless to
the network (CSCdm14613).
18. Reconfiguring trunk parameters might cause connections to be rerouted if the changed bandwidth
load is smaller than what was used by the connections that use the trunk.
19. If LMI/ILMI is provided by the BCC:
The maximum possible number of ports on the BPX 8600 that can be configured with LMI/ILMI
enabled is 52. However, each BPX will support up to a total of 16 feeder trunks and each feeder trunk
will have LMI enabled. That is, if a BPX 8600 is configured with only two feeder trunks, then only
(52 - 2) = 50 ports can have LMI/ILMI enabled.
If LMI/ILMI is provided by the BXM firmware:
•
There is no limitation on the number of ports that can have LMI/ILMI enabled.
•
When running ILMI on the BXM, ILMI version 3.1 WITHOUT address registration is
supported.
9.2.38 Version Software Release Notes Cisco WAN Switching System Software
OL-xxxxx-xx
19
Notes and Cautions
REVIEW DRAFT—CISCO CONFIDENTIAL
20. Virtual Path Connections with cells whose VCI values are above 4095 will be transmitted correctly
only if the path is exclusively through BXM trunks and terminate at BXM ports.
21. The feature of CIR=0 for Frame Relay connections is not supported for connections terminating
between FRM cards in IGX nodes and FRSM cards in an MGX 8220 shelf.
22. SVC connections are derouted after decreasing the allocated bandwidth (increasing Statistic
Reserve). It is the design intent that increasing the statistical reserve will cause SVC conns to
derouted and not be rerouted (CSCst92308).
23. For the loadrev operation, it is important that the Cisco Wan Manager/TFTP buffers are maintained
at their default size.
24. Due to a hardware limitation, the BNI trunk will send 13-15 percent more traffic than what it is
configured for when the trunk is configured for less speed (cps) than the maximum port speed. This
is especially important when the BNI trunk is connected to IMATM pairs, which carry less than T3
bandwidth.
25. When using the shift/no-shift feature on a BPX 8600 node’s port card, controlled via the cnfport
command, the other end of the connection must have the same setting. Otherwise, there will be a
loss of continuity.
26. Due to trunk-based loading, any commands having to do with trunk loading and the load model
(dspload chklm dsplm, and so on.) need to be done only after waiting a certain period of time.
This time is a direct function of the trunk load update interval time (as configurable) plus the
conditional update latency time.
27. The external ABR segment control loop on ForeSight (ABRFST) is an option at the user interface.
It is supported by UXM-E/BXM-E but is not supported by UXM/BXM hardware. The user should
not enable this option on ForeSight connections (CSCdi92451). In any case, there is no coupling
between the loops.
28. The interface between a BXM feeder trunk and an MGX 8220 feeder is always considered to be an
NNI interface. (CSCdj16808)
29. When adding more than 4000 connections on a BPX node, the VC polling rate must be changed to
a higher interval, to accommodate the additional time needed to poll for the statistics for each VC.
The cnfsysparm command, parameter 24, must be changed according to the following:
0-3999 connections
Polling Rate: 5 Minutes (or higher)
4000-7999 connections
Polling Rate: 10 Minutes (or higher)
> 8000 connections
Polling Rate: 15 Minutes
30. Given a connection that terminates on an IGX 8400 FRM at one end and an ASI on the other end,
tstdelay initiated at the FRM end may not work if the ASI firmware is below the appropriate revision
and does not support OAM cells as opposed to supervisory cells. This is because the updated BTM
on the IGX will always generate OAM cells. Please check the Compatibility Matrix.
31. Because the detailed card error event log is not retained within BRAM, this information will be lost
should a processor rebuild occur. Therefore, when issuing a dspcderrs command on a particular
slot, the display will not show the detailed card error information should a rebuild event occur. This
functionality has not been modified from previous releases.
32. When a physical-layer failure (for example, LOS) is detected on the BXM, a Major Alarm is
generated, and any connection routed over that port is downed (fail state). The software sends a
command to the remote end of the connection to generate AIS in the egress direction (CSCdj30543).
Impact:
9.2.38 Version Software Release Notes Cisco WAN Switching System Software
20
OL-xxxxx-xx
Notes and Cautions
REVIEW DRAFT—CISCO CONFIDENTIAL
Since the connection is in a failed state, AIS is generated in the upstream direction (in addition to
the downstream direction). Although this does conform to the letter of the I.610 standard, this is not
necessarily what a user would expect to see, because it interferes with the RDI response from the
end-to-end connection termination point. (A fault in the downstream direction causes a fault in the
upstream direction.)
Reason for the current implementation:
The BNI can not generate AIS. If there is a fault at a BNI trunk, the current mechanism is to cause
AIS to be generated by the BXM port by downing the connection. Since the BXM can generate only
OAM cells from the RCMP, and the RCMP is in the ingress path, the cells must be backward routed
to the egress (egress QE). Also, since end-to-end OAM cells are required, the ingress QE must be
configured to drop ALL cells in the ingress path. This creates a break in continuity in the opposite
direction, and AIS cells must also be generated at the other end of the same connection, in the
upstream direction of the original fault.
33. There are problems in the downgrade mechanism that can cause database corruption. If a downgrade
is performed immediately after upgrading, the Stby_Info revision fields are not yet filled in on the
new active CC. They don’t get filled in until there is an upcard response from the new locked CC.
This causes a restart instead of a switchcc. If the locked CC is reset, then downgrade immediately,
a restart will occur instead of a switchcc. (CSCdj30811).
34. In order to test/simulate the Y-redundant switchover of ASI T3 or E3 pairs the resetcd command
must be used, or by pulling out the active card. It will not be correctly simulated by doing a dncd
(down card) on the active card. Using dncd will cause cell discards (CSCdj08923).
35. UBR traffic gains an advantage over ABR traffic when UBR and ABR PVCs are combined on the
same network. This is because UBR and ABR PVCs share the same Qbin (Class of Service Queue)
on the BXM card. ABR PVCs use a flow control mechanism, VSVD, which ensures that traffic
sources slow down when the Qbin usage exceeds the EFCI threshold. However, UBR PVCs do not
have this throttling mechanism. Therefore, ABR will throttle back whereas UBR will not. This
unfair advantage is not considered a problem, since the decision to share a Qbin for ABR and UBR
traffic was intentional. Any best-effort service that one would route over UBR can be routed over
ABR(VSVD), with the additional benefit of protecting resources in the network. If UBR and ABR
PVCs are required then:
Option 1: Consider adding all best-effort PVCs as UBR
Option 2: Isolate the ABR and UBR paths by using cnfpref command to ensure that ABR and UBR
PVCs do not share the same queues.
Option 3: To provide UBR service on a connection, rather than setting up a UBR connection, do the
following:
Step 1
Set up an ABRSTD connection.
Step 2
Enable VSVD.
Step 3
Disable FCES (Flow Control External Segment).
Step 4
Disable DEFAULT EXTENDED PARAMETERS.
Step 5
Choose policing option “4” to allow access as UBR.1 (PCR policing only). This connection has ABR
VSVD in the network and allows UBR.1 access. The MCR for such ABRSTD connection may be set at
the minimum acceptable value of 6 cells per second (explained later to do so).
9.2.38 Version Software Release Notes Cisco WAN Switching System Software
OL-xxxxx-xx
21
Notes and Cautions
REVIEW DRAFT—CISCO CONFIDENTIAL
To provide ABR service on a connection, set up an ABRSTD connection, enable VSVD and enable
FCES to allow RM cells to be passed to and from customer equipment. The MCR for such ABRSTD
connections can be set at any user-desired value.
When the network is experiencing congestion, all the affected ABRSTD connections, regardless of
the services (ABR or UBR) they are carrying, will all be throttled back at the VSVD points at the
network edge. During network congestion, connections carrying UBR services are virtually stopped
(to a throughput of a mere 6 cps) while connections carrying ABR services can send at a much
higher, user-desired MCR. This option would avoid that UBR service gains an unfair advantage over
ABR service while sharing the same CoS queue.
36. Combining Frame Based Traffic Control (FBTC) and non-FBTC connections within a Class of
Service can cause FBTC connections to not receive a fair share of bandwidth. For example, if VBR
connections are added at a terminating port, and some of these VBR connections have FBTC enabled
while other VBR connections have FBTC disabled, the VBR connections with FBTC disabled may
obtain all of the excess bandwidth before the connections with FBTC enabled receive any of the
excess bandwidth. The same holds true for ABR or UBR connections. This is relevant only where
FBTC and non-FBTC connections share a Qbin, either at a port or at a trunk.
37. The maximum number of VC PARMs supported: 749 for BCC-32 MB, 2,999 for BCC-64 MB.
(CSCdj48589).
VC PARMs are Virtual Circuit Parameters combinations/sets. One set of VC Parameter is used for
each unique Virtual Circuit that has been provisioned. Identically provisioned VCs (exclusive of end
points) use the same set of parameters. Thus, on a 32MB BCC, a total of 749 uniquely configured
Virtual Circuits can be provisioned.
38. Care must be taken when changing the Deroute Delay parameter, which is controlled by the cnftrk
command. This defaults to zero, but if set to anything but zero, connection rerouting, due to a trunk
failure, will be delayed as provided by the parameter.
Required Workarounds
1.
When adding a node into an existing network, ensure that its node number is unique prior to a
actually adding it into the network. Use the rnmnd command, and renumber the individual node
while it is still stand-alone. This will make the joining of this node much simpler, and will avoid the
problem of a node renumbering an active network, as described below.
2.
There is a problem with node renumbering. Node renumbering (the rnmnd command) should be
executed only during a stable network environment and only if absolutely necessary. A stable
network environment would be, for example, one in which no connection was added for the past 30
minutes and no topology change was made in the last hour and there are no alarms or node
unreachabilities. Node renumbering must be done only when the network is stable to reduce the
possibility of certain temporarily blocked messages during the node renumbering process from
being delivered to the wrong nodes. This would occur after the completion of the node renumbering
process. It is recommended that a node be renumbered prior to being added to the network.
3.
The settling time for network-wide updates can take a long time in certain situations. Specifically,
the settling time for updates due to network-wide topology changes and connections in a large
network when a processor switchover occurs can take a long time. The time is proportional to the
number of nodes as well as the number of connections. A general estimate would be 30 seconds per
node. During the period of transitions (when the updates are occurring) some network operations
such as adding connections might in some cases take somewhat longer to complete.
9.2.38 Version Software Release Notes Cisco WAN Switching System Software
22
OL-xxxxx-xx
Notes and Cautions
REVIEW DRAFT—CISCO CONFIDENTIAL
4.
When using Cisco Wan Manager, there could be a problem with communicating with a node that
just had a processor switchover. The problem is within the SPARCstation itself and its caching of
EtherNet addresses. It can be solved by execution the following command on the workstation as the
superuser: # arp -d <node_name>
5.
Users may not use the command addcon slot.1-24 v to add 24 voice connections to a CVM/UVM
at once. Instead, they must separate this activity into two or more commands, so that no more than
16 connections are added at once. This is an issue only for voice connections. Data connections can
be added using the “1-24” syntax. This also applies when the CVM/UVM circuit line is an E1, in
which case “1-32” would apply (CSCdj14319).
6.
Statistics must be disabled prior to the start of an upgrade, prior to the issuing of the first loadrev
command. Statistics should be disabled from the Cisco Wan Manager, which is the Statistics
collection manager.
7.
Statistics sampling must be disabled prior to the start of an upgrade (using off1/off2), prior to the
issuing of the first loadrev command. Statistics sampling state machines should be disabled from
the Command Line Interface.
8.
When a switchcc is executed on a BPX 8600 configured with two BCC-4 cards and contains a
BXM-622 trunk card, there may be a bad clock path problem reported. It is indicated as a Minor
Alarm - bad clock path. This is a transitory problem, although the alarm indication persists. To clear
this, execute the clrclkalm command.
Additional Documentation
•
In order to take advantage of the dual SIU when upgrading to the BCC-4, the BPX 8600 node must
have a new backplane which has dual traces incorporating with the BCC-4.
The command dspbpnv can be issued to verify if the node has the new backplane or the old
backplane. The following chart details the bit fields for the BCC Backplane NOVRAM format, the
values in bytes numbered 4 and 5 describe the back plane type.
The command cnfbpnv can be used to configure the backplane, if backplane is so enabled.
16-Bit Word
Byte # (hex) Contents
0
0,1
Hardware revision
1
2,3
Backplane Type (usually 0x65=101 decimal)
2
4,5
Backplane version (0x0000:old 0x0001:new)
3
6,7
Backplane serial number in ASCII - MSB
4
8,9
“
5
A,B
“
6
C,D
Board FAB number, in ASCII - MSB
7
E,F
“
8
10,11
“
9
12,13
“
A
14,15
“
B
16,17
“
C
18,19
LSB
LSB
Unused
9.2.38 Version Software Release Notes Cisco WAN Switching System Software
OL-xxxxx-xx
23
Notes and Cautions
REVIEW DRAFT—CISCO CONFIDENTIAL
D
1A,1B
Unused
E
1C,1D
Unused
F
1E,1F
Checksum bytes - CURRENTLY NOT SUPPORTED
•
The peak intervals are controlled to be only those values for which peaks can be accurately
collected. The rules for peak intervals are as follows:
– It cannot be 0.
– It must be a multiple of the polling interval.
– It must be a factor of the bucket interval.
– It can be the same as the bucket interval.
•
There are additional commands to control trunk and line loopbacks in this release:
– addlnlocrmtlp
<trunk> | <line>
On the node on which it is executed, it creates a loopback within the port such that the cells do
not leave the card.
– addlnloclp
<trunk> | <line>
On the node on which it is executed, it creates a loop such that incoming cells are looped back
to the other end.
– dellnlp
<trunk> | <line>
Removes the loopback added by either of the above two commands.
•
The card synchronization (Hitless-switchcc) feature can be turned on/off using on3/off3 command.
For example, enter at the command line:
–
on3 4
This will enable the card-synchronization feature.
– off3 4
This will disable the card-synchronization feature.
In order for the feature to work, the line statistics sampling should always be enabled (via on2 1
command) and the front card installed must support the card-synchronization feature. The
dspcd command provides an easy way to determine whether the front card supports this new
feature. If the front card supports the feature, the following message is shown on the dspcd
screen:
Front card supports card synchronization
Additional debug commands are added to allow synchronization between the interface card and
the CC database:
– synccd
<slot_number>|*
The <slot_number> is for a particular slot that supports the card synchronization feature;
* For all cards that support the card-synchronization feature.
– dspsyncstats
<slot_number>|*
This command displays the number of connections reconciled during the synchronization
process after a switchcc for different slots.
* For all slots supporting this feature.
9.2.38 Version Software Release Notes Cisco WAN Switching System Software
24
OL-xxxxx-xx
Compatibility Notes
REVIEW DRAFT—CISCO CONFIDENTIAL
Compatibility Notes
For a complete list of firmware revisions supported, see the Compatibility Matrix document, which is
included in this release package.
This release will run with Release 4.0.0x, 4.1.0x, or 5.0.0x of the MGX 8220.
Compatibility Matrix
BPX 8600 Firmware Compatibility
PCB Description
dspcds
Name
Card Name in FW Image
Model Latest F/W Min F/W
BCC boot
BCC
BCC
B
HBJ
HBJ
BCC3-32 boot
BCC-3
BCC
C
HCM
HCM
BCC3-64 boot
BCC-3
BCC
D
HDM
HDM
BCC4 boot
BCC-4
BCC
E
HEM
HEM
BCC4-128 boot
BCC-4
BCC
H
HHM
HHM
ASI 2T3/2E3
ASI-T3
ASI
C
UCF
UCF
ASI 2T3/2E3
ASI-E3
ASI
C
UCF
UCF
ASI-155-E
ASI155E
ASI-155
E
WEC
WEC
ASI-155
ASI-155
ASI-155
H
WHC
WHC
ASM
ASM
A
GAC
GAC
BNI-3T3/3E3
BNI-T3
BNI
C
TCM
TCM
BNI-3T3/3E3
BNI-E3
BNI
C
TCM
TCM
BNI-155
BNI-155
BNI-155
B
VBR
VBR
BNI-155-E
BNI155E
BNI-155
D
VDR
VDR
BXM-BME
BME
BME
K
n/s
n/s
BXM-T3-8/12
BXM-T3
BXM
E
MEK
MEB
BXM-T3-8/12
BXM-T3
BXM
F
MFJ
MFJ
BXM-E3-8/12
BXM-E3
BXM
E
MEK
MEB
BXM-E3-8/12
BXM-E3
BXM
F
MFJ
MFJ
BXM-155-4/8
BXM-155
BXM
E
MEK
MEB
BXM-155-4/8
BXM-155
BXM
F
MFJ
MFJ
BXM-622/622-2
BXM-622
BXM
E
MEK
MEB
BXM-622/622-2
BXM-622
BXM
F
MFJ
MFJ
BXM-T3-8E/12E/12EX
BXM-T3
BXM
E
MEK
MED
BXM-T3-8E/12E/12EX
BXM-T3
BXM
F
MFJ
MFJ
9.2.38 Version Software Release Notes Cisco WAN Switching System Software
OL-xxxxx-xx
25
Compatibility Matrix
REVIEW DRAFT—CISCO CONFIDENTIAL
PCB Description
dspcds
Name
Card Name in FW Image
Model Latest F/W Min F/W
BXM-E3-8E/12E/12EX
BXM-E3
BXM
E
MEK
MED
BXM-E3-8E/12E/12EX
BXM-E3
BXM
F
MFJ
MFJ
BXM-155-4D/8D/4DX/8DX BXM-155
BXM
E
MEK
MED
BXM-155-4D/8D/4DX/8DX BXM-155
BXM
F
MFJ
MFJ
BXM-622-2D/DX/2DX
BXM-622
BXM
E
MEK
MED
BXM-622-2D/DX/2DX
BXM-622
BXM
F
MFJ
MFJ
IGX 8400 Firmware Compatibility
PCB Description
dspcds Name
Card Name in
Firmware Image Model
Latest F/W
Min F/W
NPM boot
NPM
NPM
A
RAS
RAR
NPM 32 boot
NPM
NPM
B
RBS
RBR
NPM 64 boot
NPM
NPM|NPM-64
C
RCS
RCR
NPM-B 32 boot
NPM
NPM|NPM-32B E
RES
RER
NPM-B 64 boot
NPM
NPM|NPM-64B F
RFS
RFR
IGX-ALM/A
ALM
ALM-A
A
CAF
CAE
IGX-ALM/B
ALM
ALM-B
B
CBL
CBH
IGX-BTM/B
BTM
BTM
A
IAF
IAF
IGX-BTM/B
BTM
BTM
B
IBL
IBL
IGX-BTM/B
BTM
BTM
D
IDC
IDC
IGX-CVM-DS0A CVM
CVM
A
DAF
DAF
IGX-CVM
CVM
CVM
B
DBF
DBF
IGX-CVM-TT
CVM
CVM
C
DCA
DCA
IGX-FRM
FRM
FRM
D
FDZ
FDZ
IGX-FRM-31
FRM
FRM-31
E
FEZ
FEZ
IGX-FRM-2
FRM
FRM-2
F
FFD
FFD
FRM (B)
FRM
FRM
H
FHB
FHB
IGX-FRM
FRM
FRM
J
FJB
FJA
IGX-FRM-31
FRM
FRM-31
K
FKB
FKA
IGX-FTM
FTM
FTM
B
JBJ
JBJ
IGX-FTM
FTM
FTM
C
JCB
JCB
IGX-HDM
HDM
HDM
C
SCF
SCF
IGX-LDM
LDM
LDM
C
LCC
LCB
IGX-NTM
NTM
NTM
E
NEK
NEK
IGX-NTM (B)
NTM
NTM
F
NFK
NFH
9.2.38 Version Software Release Notes Cisco WAN Switching System Software
26
OL-xxxxx-xx
Compatibility Matrix
REVIEW DRAFT—CISCO CONFIDENTIAL
Card Name in
Firmware Image Model
Latest F/W
Min F/W
IGX-UFM-4C/8C UFM
UFM-C
A
ZAV
ZAN
IGX-UFM-4C/8C UFM
UFM-C
B
ZBE
ZBA
IGX-UFM-8C
UFM
UFM-C
C
n/s
n/s
IGX-UFM-U
UFMU
UFM-U
A
YAN
YAH
IGX-UFM-U
UFMU
UFM-U
B
YBD
YBA
IGX-UFM-U
UFMU
UFM-U
C
n/s
n/s
IGX-UVM
UVM
UVM
A
DAE
DAC
IGX-UVM
UVM
UVM
B
DBD
DBD
IGX-UVM
UVM
UVM
C
DCA
DCA
IGX-UVM
UVM
UVM
D
DDF
DDF
IGX-UVM
UVM
UVM
E
DEH
DEA
IGX-UXM
UXM
UXM
B
ABJ
ABJ
IGX-UXME
UXM
UXM
B
ABJ
ABJ
PCB Description
Note
dspcds Name
IGX-UVM model E is a superset of models A, B, and C firmware. A, B, and C are obsoleted and should
not be used.
MGX 8220 Firmware Compatibility
5.0
4.1
4.0
PCB Description
CW2000 Name
Latest F/W
Min F/W
Latest F/W
Min F/W
Latest F/W
Min F/W
ASC F/W
ASC
5.0.16
5.0.10
4.1.10
4.1.00
4.0.21
4.0.04
ASC Boot
ASC
1.0.03
1.0.01
1.0.03
4.0.04
1.0.01
4.0.03
ASC/2 FW
ASC
5.0.16
5.0.10
4.1.10
4.1.00
4.0.21
4.0.09
ASC/2 Boot
ASC
1.0.03
1.0.01
1.0.03
4.0.04
1.0.01
4.0.04
ASC/2F FW
ASC
5.0.16
5.0.10
4.1.10
4.1.05
4.0.21
4.0.21
ASC/2F Boot
ASC
1.0.03
1.0.01
1.0.03
1.0.01
1.0.01
1.0.01
BNM-T3
BNM-T3
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
BNM-E3
BNM-E3
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
BNM-155
BNM-155
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
FRSM-4T1
FRSM-4T1
4.0.22
4.0.19
4.0.23
4.0.13
4.0.19
4.0.04
FRSM-4E1
FRSM-4E1
4.0.22
4.0.19
4.0.23
4.0.13
4.0.19
4.0.04
FRSM-4T1-C
FRSM-4T1-C
4.0.22
4.0.19
4.0.23
4.0.13
4.0.19
4.0.04
FRSM-4E1-C
FRSM-4E1-C
4.0.22
4.0.19
4.0.23
4.0.13
4.0.19
4.0.04
FRSM Boot
FRSM-4T1
4.0.00
4.0.00
4.0.00
4.0.00
4.0.00
4.0.00
9.2.38 Version Software Release Notes Cisco WAN Switching System Software
OL-xxxxx-xx
27
Compatibility Matrix
REVIEW DRAFT—CISCO CONFIDENTIAL
5.0
4.1
4.0
PCB Description
CW2000 Name
Latest F/W
Min F/W
Latest F/W
Min F/W
Latest F/W
Min F/W
FRSM Boot
FRSM-4E1
4.0.00
4.0.00
4.0.00
4.0.00
4.0.00
4.0.00
FRSM Boot
FRSM-4T1-C
4.0.00
4.0.00
4.0.00
4.0.00
4.0.00
4.0.00
FRSM Boot
FRSM-4E1-C
4.0.00
4.0.00
4.0.00
4.0.00
4.0.00
4.0.00
SRM T1E1 (B)
SRM-T1E1
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
SRM 3T3
SRM-3T3
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
CESM-4T1
CESM-4T1
4.0.17
4.0.15
4.0.17
4.0.11
4.0.15
4.0.04
CESM-4E1
CESM-4E1
4.0.17
4.0.15
4.0.17
4.0.11
4.0.15
4.0.04
CESM Boot
CESM-4T1
4.0.01
4.0.01
4.0.01
4.0.00
4.0.01
4.0.00
CESM Boot
CESM-4E1
4.0.01
4.0.01
4.0.01
4.0.00
4.0.01
4.0.00
CESM-8T1
CESM-8T1
5.0.14
4.1.05
4.1.09
4.1.00
n/s
n/s
CESM-8E1
CESM-8E1
5.0.14
4.1.05
4.1.09
4.1.00
n/s
n/s
CESM-8 Boot
CESM-8T1
1.0.01
1.0.01
1.0.01
4.1.00
n/s
n/s
CESM-8 Boot
CESM-8E1
1.0.01
1.0.01
1.0.01
4.1.00
n/s
n/s
AUSM-4T1
AUSM-4T1
4.0.21
4.0.19
4.0.21
4.0.13
4.0.19
4.0.04
AUSM-4E1
AUSM-4E1
4.0.21
4.0.19
4.0.21
4.0.13
4.0.19
4.0.04
AUSM Boot
AUSM-4T1
4.0.00
4.0.00
4.0.00
4.0.00
4.0.00
4.0.00
AUSM Boot
AUSM-4E1
4.0.00
4.0.00
4.0.00
4.0.00
4.0.00
4.0.00
FRSM-8T1
FRSM-8T1
5.0.15
5.0.10
4.0.24
4.0.13
4.0.19
4.0.04
FRSM-8E1
FRSM-8E1
5.0.15
5.0.10
4.0.24
4.0.13
4.0.19
4.0.04
FRSM-8T1 Boot
FRSM-8T1
1.0.02
1.0.01
1.0.02
4.0.01
1.0.01
4.0.00
FRSM-8E1 Boot
FRSM-8E1
1.0.02
1.0.01
1.0.02
4.0.01
1.0.01
4.0.00
AUSM-8T1
AUSM-8T1
5.0.14
5.0.10
4.0.24
4.0.14
4.0.20
4.0.04
AUSM-8E1
AUSM-8E1
5.0.14
5.0.10
4.0.24
4.0.14
4.0.20
4.0.04
AUSMB-8T1
AUSMB-8T1
5.0.14
5.0.10
4.0.24
4.0.19
4.0.20
4.0.19
AUSMB-8E1
AUSMB-8E1
5.0.14
5.0.10
4.0.24
4.0.19
4.0.20
4.0.19
AUSM-8T1E1 Boot
AUSM-8T1
1.0.02
1.0.01
1.0.02
4.0.01
1.0.01
4.0.00
AUSM-8T1E1 Boot
AUSM-8E1
1.0.02
1.0.01
1.0.02
4.0.01
1.0.01
4.0.00
AUSM-8T1E1 Boot
AUSMB-8T1
1.0.02
1.0.01
1.0.02
4.0.01
1.0.01
4.0.00
AUSM-8T1E1 Boot
AUSMB-8E1
1.0.02
1.0.01
1.0.02
4.0.01
1.0.01
4.0.00
FRSM-HS1
FRSM-HS1
5.0.14
4.0.16
4.0.20
4.0.11
4.0.16
4.0.04
FRSM-HS1/B
FRSM-HS1/B
5.0.14
4.0.16
4.0.20
4.0.11
4.0.16
4.0.04
FRSM-HS1 Boot
FRSM-HS1
1.0.01
1.0.01
1.0.01
4.0.00
1.0.01
4.0.00
FRSM-HS1 Boot
FRSM-HS1/B
1.0.01
1.0.01
1.0.01
4.0.00
1.0.01
4.0.00
FRSM-HS2
FRSM-HS2
5.0.13
5.0.10
n/s
n/s
n/s
n/s
FRSM-HS2 Boot
FRSM-HS2
1.0.01
1.0.01
n/s
n/s
n/s
n/s
IMATM
IMATM-T3T1
n/s
n/s
4.0.22
4.0.13
4.0.19
4.0.04
9.2.38 Version Software Release Notes Cisco WAN Switching System Software
28
OL-xxxxx-xx
Compatibility Matrix
REVIEW DRAFT—CISCO CONFIDENTIAL
5.0
4.1
4.0
PCB Description
CW2000 Name
Latest F/W
Min F/W
Latest F/W
Min F/W
Latest F/W
Min F/W
IMATM
IMATM-E3E1
n/s
n/s
4.0.22
4.0.13
4.0.19
4.0.04
IMATM
IMATMB-T1
5.0.14
5.0.10
4.0.22
4.0.13
4.0.19
4.0.04
IMATM
IMATMB-E1
5.0.14
5.0.10
4.0.22
4.0.13
4.0.19
4.0.04
IMATM Boot
IMATM-T3T1
n/s
n/s
1.0.02
4.0.01
1.0.01
4.0.01
IMATM Boot
IMATM-E3E1
n/s
n/s
1.0.02
4.0.01
1.0.01
4.0.01
IMATM Boot
IMATMB-T1
1.0.02
1.0.01
1.0.02
4.0.01
1.0.01
4.0.01
IMATM Boot
IMATMB-E1
1.0.02
1.0.01
1.0.02
4.0.01
1.0.01
4.0.01
MGX 8250 1.1.3x Firmware Compatibility
PCB Description
CW2000 Name
Latest F/W
Min F/W
PXM1
PXM-1
1.1.32
1.1.32
PXM1-2-T3E3
PXM1-2T3E3
1.1.32
1.1.32
PXM1-4-155
PXM1-4OC3
1.1.32
1.1.32
PXM1-1-622
PXM1-OC12
1.1.32
1.1.32
MGX-SRM-3T3/C
SRM-3T3
n/a
n/a
AX-CESM-8E1
CESM-8E1
10.0.21
10.0.21
AX-CESM-8T1
CESM-8T1
10.0.21
10.0.21
MGX-AUSM-8E1/B
AUSMB-8E1
10.0.21
10.0.21
MGX-AUSM-8T1/B
AUSMB-8T1
10.0.21
10.0.21
MGX-CESM-T3
CESM-T3
10.0.21
10.0.21
MGX-CESM-E3
CESM-E3
10.0.21
10.0.21
AX-FRSM-8E1/E1-C
FRSM-8E1
10.0.21
10.0.21
AX-FRSM-8T1/T1-C
FRSM-8T1
10.0.21
10.0.21
MGX-FRSM-HS2
FRSM-HS2
10.0.22
10.0.22
MGX-FRSM-2CT3
FRSM-2CT3
10.0.22
10.0.22
MGX-FRSM-2T3E3
FRSM-2T3
10.0.22
10.0.22
MGX-FRSM-2T3E3
FRSM-2E3
10.0.22
10.0.22
MGX-FRSM-HS1/B
FRSM-HS1/B
10.0.21
10.0.21
MGX-VISM-8T1
VISM-8T1
2.0.(1)
1.5.05
MGX-VISM-8E1
VISM-8E1
2.0.(1)
1.5.05
MGX-RPM-128M/B
RPM
12.1(5.3)T_XT 12.1(5.3)T_XT
MGX-RPM-PR
12.1(5.3)T_XT 12.1(5.3)T_XT
CWM
10.4
10.4
9.2.38 Version Software Release Notes Cisco WAN Switching System Software
OL-xxxxx-xx
29
Compatibility Matrix
REVIEW DRAFT—CISCO CONFIDENTIAL
MGX 8850 1.1.3x Firmware Compatibility
PCB Description
CW2000 Name
Latest F/W
Min F/W
PXM1
PXM-1
1.1.32
1.1.32
PXM1-2-T3E3
PXM1-2T3E3
1.1.32
1.1.32
PXM1-4-155
PXM1-4OC3
1.1.32
1.1.32
PXM1-1-622
PXM1-OC12
1.1.32
1.1.32
MGX-SRM-3T3/B
SRM-3T3
n/a
n/a
MGX-SRM-3T3/C
SRM-3T3
n/a
n/a
AX-CESM-8E1
CESM-8E1
10.0.21
10.0.21
AX-CESM-8T1
CESM-8T1
10.0.21
10.0.21
MGX-AUSM-8E1/B
AUSMB-8E1
10.0.21
10.0.21
MGX-AUSM-8T1/B
AUSMB-8T1
10.0.21
10.0.21
MGX-CESM-T3
CESM-T3
10.0.21
10.0.21
MGX-CESM-E3
CESM-E3
10.0.21
10.0.21
AX-FRSM-8E1/E1-C
FRSM-8E1
10.0.21
10.0.21
AX-FRSM-8T1/T1-C
FRSM-8T1
10.0.21
10.0.21
MGX-FRSM-HS2
FRSM-HS2
10.0.22
10.0.22
MGX-FRSM-2CT3
FRSM-2CT3
10.0.22
10.0.22
MGX-FRSM-2T3E3
FRSM-2T3
10.0.22
10.0.22
MGX-FRSM-2T3E3
FRSM-2E3
10.0.22
10.0.22
MGX-FRSM-HS1/B
FRSM-HS1/B
10.0.21
10.0.21
MGX-VISM-8T1
VISM-8T1
2.0.(1)
1.5.05
MGX-VISM-8E1
VISM-8E1
2.0.(1)
1.5.05
MGX-RPM-128M/B
RPM
12.1(5.3)T_XT 12.1(5.3)T_XT
MGX-RPM-PR
12.1(5.3)T_XT 12.1(5.3)T_XT
CWM
10.4
10.4
BPX 8600 Hardware Compatibility
Card Type
Part Numbers
Latest H/W
Min. H/W
BPX-BCC-32M (Non-Orderable)
73-213840-00
P
A
BPX-BCC-64M (Non-Orderable)
800-04008-04
A
A
BPX-BCC-BC (Non-Orderable)
73-211380-00
D
A
BPX-BCC-3-32M (Non-Orderable)
800-04004-04
R
J
BPX-BCC-3-64M
73-3720-02
R
J
Controller Cards
9.2.38 Version Software Release Notes Cisco WAN Switching System Software
30
OL-xxxxx-xx
Compatibility Matrix
REVIEW DRAFT—CISCO CONFIDENTIAL
Card Type
Part Numbers
Latest H/W
Min. H/W
BCC-3BC
800-02916-01
E
A
BPX-BCC4V
800-03580-06
E
C
BPX-BCC4V/B
800-06483-02
C
A
BPX-ASM
800-04009-01
C
A
BPX-ASM-BC
73-211910-00
C
A
ASM-LM
800-211910-10
B
A
BPX-BXM-T3-8
800-02777-07
H
A
BPX-BXM-E3-8
800-02779-07
H
A
BPX-BXM-T3-12
800-02776-07
H
A
BPX-BXM-E3-12
800-02778-07
H
A
BPX-T3/E3-BC
73-2759-02
A
A
BPX-BXM-155-8
800-02664-07
H
B (C for APS)
BPX-MMF-155-8-BC
800-03255-01
B
A
BPX-SMF-155-8-BC
800-03257-01
B
A
BPX-SMFLR-155-8-BC
800-02593-02
B
A
BPX-BXM-155-4
800-02666-07
H
B (C for APS)
BPX-MMF-155-4-BC
800-03256-01
B
A
BPX-SMF-155-4-BC
800-03258-01
B
A
BPX-SMFLR-155-4-BC
800-02594-02
B
A
BPX-BXM-622
800-02646-10
L
D (E for APS)
BPX-BXM-622-2
800-02638-10
L
D (E for APS)
BPX-622-2-BC
73-2884-01
D
A
BPX-SMF-622-BC
800-03249-01
C
A
BPX-SMF-622-2-BC
800-03251-01
C
A
BPX-SMFLR-622-BC
800-03250-01
C
A
BPX-SMFLR-622-2-BC
800-03252-01
D
A
BPX-XLR-622
800-02738-01
C
A
BPX-XLR-622-2
800-02739-01
C
A
BPX-BME
800-02855-04
B
A
BPX-BME-OC12
73-2469-07
F
A
BPX-BXM-E-T3-8E
800-03933-02
A
A
BPX-BXM-E-E3-8E
800-03928-02
A
A
Alarm Group
BroadBand Switch Group
9.2.38 Version Software Release Notes Cisco WAN Switching System Software
OL-xxxxx-xx
31
Compatibility Matrix
REVIEW DRAFT—CISCO CONFIDENTIAL
Card Type
Part Numbers
Latest H/W
Min. H/W
BPX-BXM-E-T3-12E
800-03931-02
A
A
BPX-BXM-E-E3-12E
800-03929-02
A
A
BPX-BXM-E-T3-12EX
800-03934-02
A
A
BPX-BXM-E-E3-12EX
800-03930-02
A
A
BPX-BXM-E-155-4D
800-03094-02
A
A
BPX-BXM-E-155-4DX
800-03093-02
A
A
BPX-BXM-E-155-8D
800-03092-02
A
A
BPX-BXM-E-155-8DX
800-03091-02
A
A
BPX-BXM-E-622-DX
800-03151-02
A
A
BPX-BXM-E-622-2D
800-03150-02
A
A
BPX-BXM-E-622-2DX
800-03149-02
A
A
RDNT-SMF-155-4R
800-03677-01
J
A
RDNT-SMF-155-8R
800-03679-01
K
A
RDNT-LR-155-8R
800-03678-01
J
A
RDNT-LR-622-2R
800-03676-01
F
A
RDNT-SMF-622R
800-03675-01
F
A
RDNT-SMF-622-2R
800-03674-01
J
A
BPX-T3/E3
800-03058-02
E
A
BPX-E3-BC
73-213070-01
E
A
BPX-MMF-2-BC
73-214290-00
D
A
BPX-SMF-2-BC
73-216270-00
D
A
BPX-SMFLR-2-BC
73-216270-01
D
A
BPX-STM1-EL-4
800-03716-02
A
A
BNI-3-T3/C
800-02858-02
A
A
BNI-3-E3/C
800-02859-02
A
A
SMF-LM-OC3
800-216270-10
C
A
SMF-LM-OC3-LR
800-216270-11
C
A
MMF-LM-OC3
800-214290-10
B
A
LM-3T3
800-213070-10
D
A
LM-3E3
800-213070-11
D
A
9.2.38 Version Software Release Notes Cisco WAN Switching System Software
32
OL-xxxxx-xx
Compatibility Matrix
REVIEW DRAFT—CISCO CONFIDENTIAL
IGX 8400 Hardware Compatibility
Card Type
Part Numbers
Latest H/W Min. H/W * Note Below
IGX-NPM-32
73-2894-01
W
A
IGX-NPM-64
73-2895-01
W
A
IGX-NPM-32B
73-2554-04
L
A
IGX-NPM-64B
73-2363-02
C
A
IGX-SCM
73-3341-01
Y
A
IGX-ARM
73-218230-00
B
A
BC-512011
73-212360-00
D
A
IGX-NTM
73-2296-04
E
A
BC-6271A-TI
73-207380-00
M
A
BC-6171A-E1
73-207370-01
P
A
BC-6083A-SR
73-208540-00
J
A
BC-550150-Y1
73-210820-01
D
A
IGX-BTM/B
73-3005-02
B
A*
ACM1
73-2921-03
W
A
BC-571110A-T3
73-2879-01
L
A
BC-571210A-E3
73-2679-01
K
A
BC-571310A-E2
73-215940-00
D
A
AIT BC HSSI/E2
BC-571410A-HSSI
73-216370-00
A
A
AIT GIM HSSI
IGX-ALM/A
73-2558-03
J
A
IGX-ALM/B
73-2558-03
J
A
BC-UAI-1T3
73-217040-00
C
A
BC-UAI-1E3
73-2986-01
E
A
IGX-UXM
73-2511-03
D
A
BC-UAI-4-155-SMF
73-2703-03
D
A
BC-UAI-4-155-MMF
73-2705-03
D
A
BC-UAI-2-155-SMF
73-2699-03
C
A
BC-UAI-6-T3
73-2952-02
A
A
BC-UAI-3-T3
73-2954-02
A
A
BC-UAI-6-E3
73-2953-02
A
A
BC-UAI-3-E3
73-2955-02
A
A
Controller Cards
Revision X or later for nodes
with UXM IMA trunks
Alarm Group
Trunk Group
“*Show AIT H/W Rev,
BTM(B)=AIT+ACM1”
9.2.38 Version Software Release Notes Cisco WAN Switching System Software
OL-xxxxx-xx
33
Compatibility Matrix
REVIEW DRAFT—CISCO CONFIDENTIAL
Card Type
Part Numbers
Latest H/W Min. H/W * Note Below
BC-UAI-8-E1-BNC
73-2932-02
C
A
BC-UAI-4-E1-BNC
73-3061-01
C
A
BC-UAI-8-T1-DB15
73-2941-02
C
A
BC-UAI-8-E1-DB15
73-2942-02
C
A
BC-UAI-4-T1-DB15
73-3059-01
C
A
BC-UAI-4-E1-DB15
73-3060-01
C
A
BC-UAI-4-STM1E
73-3364-02
A
A
IGX-FTM
73-2519-01
M*
A*
ACM1A
73-2930-03
W
A
BC-6351A-V35
73-213240-00
E
A
FPC-V.35
BC-6352A-T1
73-213420-00
C
A
FPC-T1
BC-6353A-E1
73-213410-00
B
A
FPC-E1
BC-6354A-X21
73-214120-00
C
A
FPC-X21
IGX-HDM
73-2853-02
H
F
“*Show SDP H/W Rev,
HDM=SDP+ACM2”
ACM2
73-2922-03
T
A
BC-5082A-V35
73-2450-01
K
A
BC-5083A-RS449
73-204850-00
V
A
BC-5084B-RS232
73-2723-01
W
A
IGX-LDM
73-207250-00
K
A
“*Show LDP H/W Rev,
LDM=LDP+ACM1A”
BC-5286A-RS232
73-207180-01
L
A
LDI-4RS232
BC-5287A-RS232
73-207180-00
L
A
LDI-8RS232
IGX-CVM-DSOA
73-3002-02
D
A*
“*Show CDP H/W Rev,
CVM=CDP+ACM1A”
IGX-CVM-T1EC
73-3003-03
E
A*
“*Show CDP H/W Rev,
CVM=CDP+ACM1A”
IGX-CVM-E1EC
73-209660-00
H*
A*
“*Show CDP H/W Rev,
CVM=CDP+ACM1A”
BC-6271A-TI
73-207380-00
M
A
BC-6171A-E1
73-207370-01
P
A
BC-550100-J1
73-210820-00
C
A
IGX-FRM
73-2517-03
N
A
IGX-FRM-31
73-2517-03
N
A
IGX-FRM-2
73-2519-01
M*
A*
“*Show FRP H/W Rev,
FRM-2=FRP+ACM1A”
BC-6251B-V35
73-3253-01
M
A
FRI-4V.35-2
Port Group
“*Show FTC H/W Rev,
FTM=FTC+ACM1A”
9.2.38 Version Software Release Notes Cisco WAN Switching System Software
34
OL-xxxxx-xx
Known Anomalies
REVIEW DRAFT—CISCO CONFIDENTIAL
Card Type
Part Numbers
Latest H/W Min. H/W * Note Below
BC-6254A-X21
73-211440-00
H
A
FRI-X.21
BC-6355A-X21
73-214120-01
C
A
FRI-2X21
IGX-UFM-4C
73-2531-05
N
A
IGX-UFM-8C
73-2531-05
N
A
BC-UFI-8T1-DB15
73-2444-02
D
A
BC-UFI-8E1-DB15
73-2445-02
D
A
BC-UFI-8E1-BNC
73-2449-02
D
A
IGX-UFM-U
73-2349-04
D
A
BC-UFI-12V35
73-2711-01
D
A
BC-UFI-12X21
73-2712-01
D
A
BC-UFI-4HSSI
73-2693-01
C
A
IGX-UVM
73-2361-04
K
A
BC-UVI-2E1EC
73-2420-01
B
A
BC-UVI-2T1EC
73-2373-01
C
A
BC-UVI-2J1EC
73-2374-01
A
A
Known Anomalies
The following is the list of known anomalies in this Switch Software delivery. Included with each is a
brief discussion of the problem. A more in-depth discussion is available in the release note enclosure of
the problem record in Bug Navigator.
Bug ID
Description
CSCdk22430
Symptom:
Checksum word 15 of backplane nvram is not recalculated when words 0-14 are
updated using cnfbpnv.
Conditions:
Observed with BPX 9.1.01.
Workaround:
None.
CSCdk45222
Symptom:
Software error 532 is logged.
Condition:
The VC pointer is not valid it is used.
Workaround:
None.
9.2.38 Version Software Release Notes Cisco WAN Switching System Software
OL-xxxxx-xx
35
Known Anomalies
REVIEW DRAFT—CISCO CONFIDENTIAL
Bug ID
Description
CSCdm01239
Symptom:
Feeder connections go into the A-bit failure when the hub it is connected to goes
into flooded mode.
Conditions:
Happens intermittently.
Workaround:
None.
CSCdm22426
Symptom:
While using jobs to down or up the connection based on a job trigger, the job will
fail if dspbob is executed while the control signal toggle.
Conditions:
Observed with IGX 8.2.56.
Workaround:
Retrigger the job after dspbob.
CSCdm60702
Symptom:
When a bus error occurs on a node, and a rebuild results, other nodes in the network
will see the rebuilding node in the degraded state. This shows up as “UNDeg” in
the dspnds screen. A log message will also appear on these other nodes indicating
that the rebuilding node went unreachable due to degradation. The unreachability
will recover automatically.
Conditions:
Only occurs if a node rebuilds due to a bus error, and degraded mode is enabled in
cnfnodeparm. Will not occur if a node switches processors due to a bus error.
Workaround:
No workaround needed. No adverse effects.
CSCdm60707
Symptom:
Can take longer than expected to clear unreachability with a node that has rebuilt
due to a bus error. Other nodes in the network will declare the node unreachable
due to degradation (“UNDeg”).
Conditions:
Only occurs if a node rebuilds due to a bus error, and if degraded mode is enabled
in cnfnodeparm on that node.
Workaround:
None needed. Problem clears automatically.
9.2.38 Version Software Release Notes Cisco WAN Switching System Software
36
OL-xxxxx-xx
Known Anomalies
REVIEW DRAFT—CISCO CONFIDENTIAL
Bug ID
Description
CSCdp98648
Symptom:
Equipment MGR can not tell the different between BXM legacy or enhance
version.
Workaround:
Log into the BPX node and do dspcd XX and determine from number of channel
support. The enhanced version of the BXM card has 61K channels, and the BXM
card has less than 61K channels.
CSCdr05291
Symptom:
switchIfService must be specified to delete feeder trunks, but not routing trunks.
Workaround:
Use the CLI commands to delete feeder trunks.
CSCdr25275
Symptom:
An RFI-Line alarm is not shown on switch software as expected when an RDI-L
alarm is generated on a SONET line.
Conditions:
Using test equipment during compliance testing, an RDI Line alarm is generated
on a line. The expected result is to see an RFI-L alarm on StrataView/CWM and
have dsplns show an RFI-L alarm on the line being tested
Workaround:
None.
CSCdr25281
Symptom:
When an RDI-Path alarm is generated on a SONET line, switch software does not
produce the expected result.
Conditions:
Using test equipment during compliance testing, an RDI-Path alarm is generated
for 2 +/- 0.5 seconds on a line. The expected result is that StrataView/CWM would
report an RFI-P alarm condition and the dsplns command would show an RFI-P
alarm on the line
In a second test, RDI-Line was generated continuously on a SONET line. The
expected results are that StrataView/CWM would report an RFI-P alarm condition
and the dsplns command would show a RFI-P alarm on the line.
Workaround:
None.
9.2.38 Version Software Release Notes Cisco WAN Switching System Software
OL-xxxxx-xx
37
Known Anomalies
REVIEW DRAFT—CISCO CONFIDENTIAL
Bug ID
Description
CSCdr45021
Symptom:
SCT 1 is the default SCT reserved for MPLS. When an SES trunk is provisioned
and if the default SCT is not changed to SCT 3, the trunk will fail to come up.
Conditions:
A warning message on the configuration screen indicates that the default is SCT 1
for MPLS and should be changed to SCT 3 for SES will be useful.
Workaround:
Check that SES uplink uses SCT 3 as service template class.
CSCdr75042
Symptom:
The remote end of FRSM to FRSM endcount the FECN when enable the NNI with
FCES option
Conditions:
test set --> kiwica71 11.3.1.31 (chan 227) <--> kiwica82 11.7.12.31(BNI) <-->
NNI <--> kiwica81 11.8.12.31(BNI) <-- >kiwica71 11.4.1.31 (chan 229)
(loopback)
Workaround:
None.
CSCdr89767
Symptom:
Software error 945 logs continuously.
Conditions:
Ongoing failure with normal network conditions
Workaround:
None. Note that reconfiguration of nwip and lanip did not help
CSCds21195
Symptom:
The node becomes unavailable at the U/I. Several cards removed and reinserted
themselves. Software error 112 logs repeatedly.
Workaround:
Identify the faulty card using the information in the SWLOG Assistant, remove it
from the node and replace it.
9.2.38 Version Software Release Notes Cisco WAN Switching System Software
38
OL-xxxxx-xx
Known Anomalies
REVIEW DRAFT—CISCO CONFIDENTIAL
Bug ID
Description
CSCds33823
Symptom:
After upgrading switch software from 9.1.08 to 9.2.34, 4.8 kbps connections on
LDMs may fail if using DFM.
Conditions:
The failed connections are seen immediately after upgrading the switch software.
It appears to happen only for connections where one endpoint is 9.1.08 and the
other is 9.2.34.
Workaround:
Change the speed setting of the failed connections, or to disable DFM.
Further Problem Description:
After the connections have failed due to too many routing attempts, issue the
command rrtcon <connection_id>. Afterwards, issue rrtinf. At the bottom of the
screen, you will see: Reason: Rsp - inconsistent lu at endpts
CSCds34151
Symptom:
There is no specific ALARMS when node in alarm such as LOC, LOC AIS-P
PATH-RDI ALL we see is 'Line A lam Type OTHER'
Conditions:
CWM (Rel.92.08), BPX (9.2.23), BXM(MFB),OC-3
1) Connect the HP tester to the BXM OC3 port and the run CWM to manage this
BPX node 2) Upline and port on the BXM card 3) At HP tester generate LOP or
AIS-P or PATH RDI or LOC and verify the alarm was reporting on BPX 4) At the
CWM, a) launch Equipment manager, b) select BPX node c) select BXM port and
right click on the selected port d) and choose 'configure' then the popup 5 At the
Line configure GUI, click 'BPX PhysicalLineconfigure' select 'BPX: SONET
LineConfigure'
Workaround:
None.
CSCds57049
Symptom:
Card in active-F status when 2 or more lines of the card are in major alarm.
Conditions:
2 or more lines in major alarm
Workaround:
Issue the command: resetcd [slot] f. This will only clear the status until the next
time the card falls into the above conditions.
9.2.38 Version Software Release Notes Cisco WAN Switching System Software
OL-xxxxx-xx
39
Known Anomalies
REVIEW DRAFT—CISCO CONFIDENTIAL
Bug ID
Description
CSCdt07203
Symptom:
The hitless rebuild log fills due to repeated failed switchccs.
Conditions:
A bad standby BCC is required. The node must be running at least 9.2.
Workaround:
Clear the hitless log with the command dsphitless c or switchcc less often so that
the hitless rebuild log tried get a chance to age out of the log.
CSCdt16892
Symptom:
Time slots are missing when configuring an IGX IMA card on a unframed circuit.
Conditions:
Seen in Release 9.1 and 9.2
Workaround:
None. Works as designed.
CSCdt25359
Symptom:
Connections failed after APS redundancy was deleted then re-added.
Conditions:
A BPX running 9.2.32 with APS on a bxm-155-8dx.
Workaround:
switchyred fixed problem
CSCdt26312
Symptom:
Node experiences a software error 52, watchdog abort, resulting in a BCC
switchover. The software error 52 will have a data field of 23 hexadecimal. Feeders
connected to the BPX will declare LMI failure on the feeder trunk and condition
their connections.
Conditions:
Seen in Release 9.1 and 9.2 baseline software on the BPX. Occurs on nodes with
multiple feeders that are using nwip for IP traffic to the feeders.
Workaround:
Set the watchdog timeout of the ILMI process to 40 seconds so that the switchover
will occur prior to the LMI failure/connection conditioning on the feeders. Use
cnfprf P ILMI E 40 to set the watchdog timer for the ILMI process, use dsperr t to
verify the setting. Use an out of band solution rather than nwip for IP traffic to the
feeders as this appears to be a condition of the problem.
9.2.38 Version Software Release Notes Cisco WAN Switching System Software
40
OL-xxxxx-xx
Known Anomalies
REVIEW DRAFT—CISCO CONFIDENTIAL
Bug ID
Description
CSCdt60246
Symptom:
After the trunk recovers from major LOS alarm, the IGX reports abit OK both
locally and remotely, but the SES reports local Abit failure.
Conditions:
This happens only on DAX connection added on the same feeder trunk interface.
IGX failed to send correct Abit OK status to SES due to some race condition.
Workaround:
1. Avoid IGX DAX connections configured on the same feeder trunk,
such as 7.1.2.100 daxed with 7.1.3.100 on 7.1 feeder trunk.
i.e, NOT to have both the endpoints on same feeder trunk.
7.1.2.100 dax to 7.2.3.100 would be OK.
2. SES can switch locally between service modules, there is no
need to add IGX DAX connections to provide the switch.
CSCdt62019
Symptom:
Condition:
Workaround:
CSCdt97285
Symptom:
In strata.mib atmEndptSubType var has atfst value as (6) but is not defined in
description following as other sub-types. We need MIB update.
Conditions:
Verifying strata.mib 9.2 :
-- $Log: switch.m,v $
-- Revision /main/IB93_brch/7 99/11/24
-- Release: IB93
BugID: N/A
20:55:44
svenki
Loaded on CWM 10.4 P2, ~svplus/mibs directory.
Workaround:
None.
9.2.38 Version Software Release Notes Cisco WAN Switching System Software
OL-xxxxx-xx
41
Known Anomalies from Previous Releases
REVIEW DRAFT—CISCO CONFIDENTIAL
Bug ID
Description
CSCdu00161
A number of Port Cells Received is different from the actual value.
Symptom:
On the dspchstathist screen, the value of "Port Cells Received" is displayed as 4-5%
bigger than its actual value.
Conditions:
SW: Rel. 9.2.33 and 9.2.37
SV+: Rel. 9.2.08p14
BXM: Rel. MEH
Workaround:
None.
CSCdu25641
Symptom:
Multiple software errors (code 384) logged at slave node when adding CVM-FTM
or UVM-FTM connections.
Some of the FTM endpoints terminate on non-existent FTM ports.
Software errors are seen at the slave node of a UVM-FTM or CVM-FTM
connection after a CC switch. Software errors of type 614, 961, 372, and 384 may
be observed.
Conditions:
IGX nodes terminating voice connections on FTM cards.
The user executes addcon, attempting to add a range of CVM(UVM) channels to a
single FTM channel, which is not a valid configuration. Command syntax is as
follows:
UVM-FTM connection:
addcon <slot>.<line>.<chan-chan> <remote node>
<rmt_slot>.<rmt_port>.<dev_ID>.<chan>
CVM-FTM connection:
addcon <slot>.<chan-chan> <remote node>
<rmt_slot>.<rmt_port>.<dev_ID>.<chan>
A switchcc occurs at the FTM endpoint node after adding connections as described
above.
Workaround:
The command syntax described above is invalid. Do not attempt connection
addition in that manner.
Known Anomalies from Previous Releases
The following is the list of known anomalies in previous Switch Software deliveries. Included with each
is a brief description of the problem. A more in depth description is available in the release note
enclosure of the problem record in Bug Navigator.
9.2.38 Version Software Release Notes Cisco WAN Switching System Software
42
OL-xxxxx-xx
Problems Fixed in Release 9.2.38
REVIEW DRAFT—CISCO CONFIDENTIAL
*Bug ID
Disposition of Anomaly
CSCdk48180
Closed. Fixed in Release 9.2.38.
CSCdp57264
There is a fundamental design issue which needs to be thoroughly reviewed before
fixing the problem. The bug is in the 'W' state until this problem can be resolved.
CSCdr21149
This bug is in the 'I' state. It could not be reproduced and more testing and
information is required before closing the anomaly.
CSCdr25253
Closed. Fixed in Release 9.2.37.
CSCdr25273
This bug is in the C (Closed) state because the customer agreed that there was
minimal impact.
CSCdr33931
Closed. Fixed in Release 9.2.38.
CSCdr41957
Closed. Duplicate of CSCdr15924, which was fixed in Release 9.2.34.
CSCdr47848
Closed. Unreproducible.
CSCdr48000
Closed. This is not a bug due to the UXM complexity.
CSCdr50690
This bug is in the 'I' state. More information is required from the submitter before
closing the anomaly.
CSCdr52621
This bug is in the C (Closed) state because it works as designed, and changing the
design may not solve the problem.
CSCdr64541
Closed. Fixed in Release 9.2.37.
CSCds18089
Closed. Fixed in Release 9.2.37.
CSCds20977
This bug is a duplicate of CSCdt42261, which is fixed in Release 9.2.38.
CSCds50019
Duplicate of CSCds82052, which was fixed in Release 9.2.38.
CSCds66861
Closed. Fixed in Release 9.2.37.
CSCds82052
Closed. Fixed in Release 9.2.37
CSCds84776
Closed. Fixed in Release 9.2.38.
CSCds90571
This bug is in the 'I' state. More information is required from the submitter before
closing the anomaly.
CSCdt42261
Closed. Fixed in Release 9.2.38.
Problems Fixed in Release 9.2.38
Following is the list of fixed problems that were fixed in the 9.2.38 Switch Software release. Included
with each is a brief discussion of the problem.
9.2.38 Version Software Release Notes Cisco WAN Switching System Software
OL-xxxxx-xx
43
Problems Fixed in Release 9.2.38
REVIEW DRAFT—CISCO CONFIDENTIAL
Bug ID
Description
CSCdj38754
Symptom:
E3 trail trace string is not transmitted by lines on BXM-E3 cards.
Conditions:
All BXM-E3 lines.
Workaround:
Use the cnflne3trail command in BPX software.
The command can be used to send the TX E3 trail trace message to a BXM card. It
requires that the BXM card have firmware revision MCJ or newer. The command can
be used in jobs.
The cnflne3trail command supports configuration of the Transmit trail trace string.
The Receive trail trace string is not supported.
cnflne3trail <slot.port><y/n>[<trail trace value>]
The command prompts for a line number in slot.port form and asks the user if they
wish to set the string to a value or set it to the default (all zeros with a crc7 of 0x89).
If 'y', the user will be prompted for the 15 character Transmit E3 trail trace value. The
string and the value of the crc7 will be displayed on the screen and a message will be
sent to the BXM-E3 to set the trail trace.
If the line experiences a MAJOR alarm, the trail trace string will be lost. This can be
worked around by creating a job with cnflne3trail and using addjob trig to trigger the
job on line repair.
If the line is yred and the user executes the switchyred command the trail trace string
will be lost.
CSCdj75848
Symptom:
An AC failure of an individual power supply module is reported the same way as a
power supply shelf AC input failure. If a single power supply experiences an AC
failure, dsppwr shows all power supplies as “AC Failed.”
Conditions:
IGX 8410, IGX 8420, and IGX 8430 systems using redundant and non-redundant AC
input power supply shelves.
Workaround:
With assistance from the TAC, the failed power supply can be identified. The steps
required for faulty supply identification are detailed elsewhere in this document.
Further Problem Description:
The power supply monitor sets the AC input failure flag when the AC fails to the
power supply shelf, or when a single supply has an AC failure (eg. blown fuse). To
eliminate the false alarms that can result from this, the power supply failure status is
used in conjuntion with the AC failure flag to validate the AC input failure.
9.2.38 Version Software Release Notes Cisco WAN Switching System Software
44
OL-xxxxx-xx
Problems Fixed in Release 9.2.38
REVIEW DRAFT—CISCO CONFIDENTIAL
CSCdk48180
Symptom:
The bcc card is WDT reset and suddenly logs swerr52.
Conditions:
WDT reset occurs for no particular trigger but it's rare.
Workaround:
None.
CSCdk77478
Symptom:
Large number of card polls are generated when an SNMP walk is done for connection
or port stats, which greatly decreases the amount of IDLE time.
Conditions:
The excessive card polling will be caused when an SNMP walk is done on IGX
connection or port stats or on BPX port stats.
Workaround:
None.
Customer Impact:
The customer impact is mainly performance. The system response time will slow
down (but not stop) when these requests are occurring. The task that generates these
polls is at the same priority as the other user input tasks, so important events such as
reroutes, etc. will not be blocked from running.
The main observation will be that the command line interface is not as responsive and
idle time drops.
i.e. A test with 1000 UXM connections showed that idle time dropped below 25% for
23 seconds when walking on one SNMP stat (atmClpRxs), and it dropped below 25%
for 552 seconds (roughly the amount of time for the command to complete).
Note that these polls are “throttled” by the fact that the SNMP task is at the same
priority as the other user interface tasks, so this will not starve out any “important”
task (such as reroutes, etc.) and due to user interface timeslicing, it will still allow
access from the other user interfaces (tftp, command line interface, etc.)
CSCdm87370 Symptom:
Software error 526 occurs when command cnfchfax issued on IGX.
Conditions:
Observed when channel interface type is R2 (backward). Software error is benign.
Workaround:
No workaround available at this time.
Further Problem Description:
No further information at this time.
9.2.38 Version Software Release Notes Cisco WAN Switching System Software
OL-xxxxx-xx
45
Problems Fixed in Release 9.2.38
REVIEW DRAFT—CISCO CONFIDENTIAL
CSCdm94164 Symptom:
Software error(s) 3028 are logged in the software error log after an IGX switch
software upgrade from release 9.1.wx to 9.2.yz (where yz > 10). The detailed
software error(s) identify inactive trunk(s).
Example software error for trunk 7.2:
Active Control Card's Software Log
No. Type
Number
1. Error 3028
Data(Hex) PC(Hex)
PROC SwRev Date
Time
00000007 30227EF8 RSRC 9.2.n8 01/15/01 19:56:32
USP 306BCEF8 30 22 7E F8 00 00 0B D4 00 00 00 07 00 00 00 01 0"~.............
^slot
^(port - 1)
Conditions:
An IGX with UXM cards upgraded from switch software release 9.1.wx to 9.2.yz.
Initial errors are logged after the runrev. Additional software errors may be logged
after any activity which requires trunk programming (such as routing user
connections). There is no impact on connection connectivity.
Workaround:
1. Examine the detailed software log for each software error 3028 and extract the
trunk from the stack. The internal port number starts with 0 rather than 1, so add 1 to
the port indicated by the software error to get the trunk.
2. Perform an up trunk on the trunk found in the stack to clear the error condition.
After the condition has been cleared the trunk can be downed. It is not necessary to
add/delete the trunk.
Further Problem Description:
The software error 3028 was put into software release 9.2.10 as part of the correction
to the service impacting defect described in CSCdm54599. The condition causing the
error is an internal flag indicating that an inactive port is active. This results in an
error condition when the NULL trunk translation database pointer for an inactive
trunk is retrieved. Prior to release 9.2.10 this condition would prevent the
programming of channels on active UXM trunks, thus impacting user traffic. The
correction described in CSCdm54599 modified the software to program trunks with
valid trunk translation database pointers even if a trunk with a NULL trunk
translation database pointer is found on the UXM. The software error 3028 is logged
to notify the user that there is a trunk which is incorrectly flagged as active. This is a
database inconsistency which existed in software release 9.1, but was not detected
until upgrading to software release 9.2.
9.2.38 Version Software Release Notes Cisco WAN Switching System Software
46
OL-xxxxx-xx
Problems Fixed in Release 9.2.38
REVIEW DRAFT—CISCO CONFIDENTIAL
CSCdp49466
Symptom:
Software error 529 observed on BPX node as a result of executing tstcon on IGX
node. Software log entry is benign.
Conditions:
tstcon encounters problem and runs fault isolation on a connection path containing a
BPX.
Workaround:
Do not issue tstcon on a connection path containing a BPX.
Further Problem Description:
No further information at this time.
9.2.38 Version Software Release Notes Cisco WAN Switching System Software
OL-xxxxx-xx
47
Problems Fixed in Release 9.2.38
REVIEW DRAFT—CISCO CONFIDENTIAL
CSCdp57264
Symptom:
IGX or BPX ATM ports configured for ILMI send out multiple (5) PVC state changes
in a ILMI trap message. This causes the ILMI manage to work only on the first
subinterface of a router connected to the ATM port of the IGX or BPX and fail on
other subinterfaces.
Conditions:
On a router, configure multiple subinterfaces on an ATM interface connected to IGX
(UXM) or BPX (BXM). Configure each subinterface with 1 PVC on the router and
enable ILMI protocol, polling and traps on the UXM/BXM ports.
When a shut is done on the main-interface of the router, the IGX/BPX sends out traps
for all the PVCs, but the router changes the state of only some sub-interfaces. Same
is the case when a noshut is done.
Workaround:
Do 'shut/no shut' on each subinterface at the router. or Disable ILMI manage and
enable oam-pvc manage on the router.
Further Problem Description:
The Router expects the VccChange trap which should look as specified in
af-ilmi-0065.000:
( atmfVccChange TRAP-TYPE
(
ENTERPRISE
atmForum
(
VARIABLES
{ atmfVccPortIndex, atmfVccVci, atmfVccVpi,
(
(
atmfVccOperStatus }
DESCRIPTION
(
"An atmfVccChange trap indicates that a permanent VCC
(
has been added or deleted at this ATM Interface or that
(
the attributes of an existing VCC have been modified.
(
The variables included in the trap identify the VCI and
(
VPI values of the reconfigured VCC at this ATM
(
Interface."
(
::= 2
But the nodes (IGX and BPX) were combining up to 5 changes per trap and sending
them to the router. At the router, only the first message was processed, the rest were
being discarded. Thus, this caused the inter-operability issue.
The solution provided, is to make the number of traps sent by the switch
user-configurable. The user can opt for either sending 1 or 5 changes per ILMI trap.
By making it '1', this inter-operability issue is resolved. But, the BPX has an option
of enabling protocol by the card. In this case, the changes done in the SWSW will not
be visible to the card and the card still sends out 5 traps, thus causing the original
problem. Therefore, a warning message is displayed to alert the user under such
circumstances.
9.2.38 Version Software Release Notes Cisco WAN Switching System Software
48
OL-xxxxx-xx
Problems Fixed in Release 9.2.38
REVIEW DRAFT—CISCO CONFIDENTIAL
CSCdp66407
Symptom:
BPX and IGX command <cmdBold>dspchstats<nocmdBold> may display truncated
value for <cmdArg>Avg. CPS<nocmdArg> if cells from port or network exceed
21474836.
Conditions:
Observed when clrchstats is not used to clear the statistics for a period of time.
Workaround:
Clear the statistics with the command clrchstats before displaying them with
dspchstats.
Further Problem Description:
None.
CSCdr33931
Symptom:
Message does not appear in BPX dsplog or CWM trapd log when APS active line in
yellow alarm.
Conditions:
Observed in BPX 9.2.32. APS active line in yellow alarm. Redundant line is OK.
Workaround:
Issue dspapsln to monitor APS line status.
CSCdr42274
Symptom:
Dspload doesn't display all existing trunks when used to display the load for all trunks
and there is more than ten trunks to display. (A single trunk is not listed per follow
on screen.)
Workaround:
Use the Dspload command against for the specific trunk not listed. This will show the
load in detail, not just summary.
CSCdr84212
Symptom:
A BXM connection to slot 32 on a remote IGX is displayed on the BPX end as being
terminated on slot 15.
Conditions:
The problem appears to occur following a config restore from an SV+
Workaround:
Although user traffic does not appear to be affected, the only way to clear up the
incorrect display on the BXM end is to delete and re-add the connection.
Further Problem Description:
None.
9.2.38 Version Software Release Notes Cisco WAN Switching System Software
OL-xxxxx-xx
49
Problems Fixed in Release 9.2.38
REVIEW DRAFT—CISCO CONFIDENTIAL
CSCds05558
Symptom:
Trying to view Frame Relay port configurations with dspportcnf displays terminal
port information instead of frame relay data.
Conditions:
Observed on IGX.
Workaround:
The correct command to view Frame Relay port information is dspfrport.
Further Problem Description:
No further information at this time.
CSCds07518
Symptom:
When an NMS machine sends an SNMP query with incorrect community strings the
Switch responds with an 'incomprehensible' authentication query, which HPOV
cannot recognize. This is present in all versions of 9.1 and 9.2 software checked.
Conditions:
SNMP query with incorrect community strings.
Workaround:
None. Fixed in 9.2.38
Further Problem Description:
None.
CSCds41674
Symptom:
dsppwr displays incorrect information in 9.1.22 with IGX8 nodes with regard to
which AC input power supplies are being fed.
Conditions:
Same as above.
Workaround:
No workaround available at this time.
Further Problem Description:
No further information.
CSCds84776
Symptom:
At some point, an APS 1:1 line experiences a SigDegrade BER alarm that never
clears.
Setup:
- 9.2.32 SWSW and the releases following this one - BXM F/W that supports the
SigDegrade BER and SigFail BER APS alarms
Frequency:
Reproducible
9.2.38 Version Software Release Notes Cisco WAN Switching System Software
50
OL-xxxxx-xx
Problems Fixed in Release 9.2.38
REVIEW DRAFT—CISCO CONFIDENTIAL
CSCds88886
Symptom:
Flash type information for BXM card is only accessible through the rsh command.
Conditions:
This is applicable to BXM card only.
Workaround:
Users of service or higher level can view the Flash type information for BXM cards
with rsh command. Command syntax is “rsh slot cdcfg flashtype”
CSCds89384
Symptom:
Software error 56 logged while running jobs for dncd/upcd with y-redundancy on
HDM cards.
Conditions:
While configuring the addyred for two HDM cards, if the secondary card is
undergoing the sdp_bgtst.
Workaround:
Avoid y-red configuration when the secondary card is undergoing sdp_bgtst.
CSCdt06177
Symptom:
Customer is seeing actual bit rate per sec rather than the 100's of bits per second per
the MIB.
Conditions:
Non-compliant with MIB. Workaround: None
Further Problem Description:
This causes calculation failures on many other network management platforms.
CSCdt12153
Symptom:
IGX commands cnffrcls and cnfcon allow user to configure ECN threshold to be
greater than VCQ depth.
Conditions:
Observed in IGX 9.2.35. Problem is not related to any traffic conditions.
Workaround:
Do not configure ECN threshold to be greater than the VCQ depth using the cnffrcls
and cnfcon commands.
Further Problem Description:
No further information at this time.
9.2.38 Version Software Release Notes Cisco WAN Switching System Software
OL-xxxxx-xx
51
Problems Fixed in Release 9.2.38
REVIEW DRAFT—CISCO CONFIDENTIAL
CSCdt12595
Symptom:
swerr 527 is logged when the “CDP WinkStart Signalling” functionality is enabled
using “cnffunc” CLI in IGX.
Conditions:
This error is logged only when the card type is CVM E1 and the card model is B and
the FW revision is D or above and a connection is added in the card port with “CDP
WinkStart Signalling” functionality enabled.
Workaround:
None.
CSCdt19038
Symptom:
Trunk or line will fail if we delete APS line redundancy, when the Protected line is
active line.
Conditions:
Only if the protected line is active.
Workaround:
Don't delete the APS line redundancy.
CSCdt24951
Symptom:
TFTP interval statistics files are not being created even though the CLI command
[dspstatparms] shows that statistics are enabled.
Another variation on this problem is that only some TFTP statistics files are not being
created.
Note: For a TFTP statistics file to be created, interval statistics must be enabled, and
at least one TFTP interval statistics must be activated. (i.e. you can enable voice
channel statistics on an IGX node that only has frame relay connections, so in this
case TFTP interval stats will have been enabled, but none will be activated because
there are no voice connections.)
To confirm that TFTP statistics are truly enabled on the switch, invoke [dspstatparms]
from the CLI. In the right hand column in reverse video will be a string which
indicates if TFTP interval stats are enabled (as a whole). Immediately below that line
is the “Number of Stats Enabled Tot(al)”, which indicates the total number of TFTP
interval statistics have been activated. If “Interval Stats” are marked as ENABLED,
and “Number of Stats Enabled Tot” is not zero, then we should be creating TFTP stat
files once every file interval.
Condition:
This problem will occur when: \ 1) the “statistics file interval” is the same as the
“largest statistics polling interval, 2) the “Nt Second Offset" is negative.
9.2.38 Version Software Release Notes Cisco WAN Switching System Software
52
OL-xxxxx-xx
Problems Fixed in Release 9.2.38
REVIEW DRAFT—CISCO CONFIDENTIAL
CSCdt31369
Symptom:
When user terminates tstber a before it is finished, the next BCC crosspoint test may
log software error 55.
Conditions:
Run BPX CLI tstber a and interrupt it with Del key or terminate the telnet session.
Workaround:
Let tstber a run to completion.
Further Problem Description:
No further information at this time.
CSCdt34566
Symptom:
BPX command tstber always reports that the BCC crosspoint test is active.
Conditions:
Observed in BPX 9.2.20 and 9.1.17 when user issues command dspselftst c while the
BCC crosspoint test is active.
Workaround:
1. Disable the BCC selftest with cnftstparm prior to clearing the BCC selftest
information with the command dspselftst c
or
2. Issue switchcc
Further Problem Description:
No further information at this time.
9.2.38 Version Software Release Notes Cisco WAN Switching System Software
OL-xxxxx-xx
53
Problems Fixed in Release 9.2.38
REVIEW DRAFT—CISCO CONFIDENTIAL
CSCdt35616
Symptom:
The [dspstatsinfo] command does not tally ports that are in the LOOPED state. This
then makes the [dspstatsinfo] counts appear inconsistent because the sum of the
individual port states does not match the grand total or the total number of ports on a
line.
The following screen snippet gives an example:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------Ports - Summary Information. Type: # Ln Pts: # Fdr Pts: Actv: Inactv: Fail: Grand
Total: 6 BXM-OC3 6 0 1 2 2
--------------------------------------------------------------------------This node has 6 ports. 2 are inactive (have not been upped) 2 are active but failed
because their line is in LOS 1 is active and clear (line is not in alarm) 1 is active, clear
and looped (missing from the display)
The "# Ln Pts:" and "Grand Total" both indicate 6 ports, but the sum of the individual
ports "Actv", "Inactv" and "Fail" is 5, not six.
We are missing the looped port column.
Condition:
Looped ports are not a common occurrence. This is a debugging tool that is highly
disruptive to customer traffic as it will loop back all connections terminating on a
port.
A looped port is achieved by invoking [addportlp slot.port] or [addloclp slot.port]
after which the specified port will be looped and all connections terminating on the
port, as well as any newly added connections, will be reprogrammed to be looped
back.
Workaround:
This is a screen display issue. We can assume that the difference between the sum of
the indvidual ports, and the grand total represent the looped ports.
CSCdt39500
Symptom:
When any of the commands dsptrkerrs, clrtrkerrs, dsplnerrs, or clrlnerrs are run on a
trunk or line that is experiencing certain alarms, the software will log a software error
526 - NEG_FILL_REQ - as it trys to format the display. The error is cosmetic in
nature and does not have an effect on traffic flow on the switch. The error occurs
when the detailed version of the commands is executed, i.e. dsptrkerrs <trk#>.
Executing the summary versions of the commands do not generate the error.
Conditions:
If a trunk or line is experiencing any of the following alarms and dsptrkerrs <trk#>,
dsplnerrs <line#>, clrtrkerrs <trk#>, or clrlnerrs <line #> is executed.
Rmt Section Trc Fail (YEL) Virtual Trunk Path Failure Inverse Mux Link Disabled
Workaround:
Further Problem Description:
None.
9.2.38 Version Software Release Notes Cisco WAN Switching System Software
54
OL-xxxxx-xx
Problems Fixed in Release 9.2.38
REVIEW DRAFT—CISCO CONFIDENTIAL
CSCdt42261
Symptom:
After introducing errors on an aps 1+1 line, the line will switch as designed. However,
the errors are recorded on the now active line and not the standby line.
Workaround:
None.
CSCdt48334
Symptom:
dsprevs considers 'Secondary Loaded' revision to select the 'Lowest revision running
in network'
This causes functions available in the Running revision to be blocked.
This can be checked with dspblkdfuncs.
Conditions:
Reproducible.
Workaround:
Make sure all Secondary revisions and the same as the Primary revisions.
Further Problem Description:
None.
CSCdt58349
Note: This bug exists in 9.3.20 swsw but is fixed in 9.3.24 This bug does NOT exist
in 9.3.11 or pre 9.3.11 releases.
Symptom:
The IGX or BPX node logs a software error 516 or aborts with an error code of 1m3
(1000003)
Conditions:
This problem can happen when we:
1) try to upload software or firmware, without first configuring the firmware/software
ip addresses via [cnffwswinit] command,
2) try to enable statistics from the CWM without first configuring the statistics master
ip address via the [cnfstatmast] command.
3) Use TFTP to obtain a memory region dump (debug capability)
4) Use TFTP to obtain the collected statisics file.
Workaround:
None.
CSCdt64027
Symptom:
Physical trunks when upped on a BPX are defaulting to trunks that do not route the
clock.
Condition:
when uptrk is done from the BPX side. If dsptrkcnf is executed on the upped trunk,
then PASS SYNC is seen to be configured as no. This happens on BPX-BPX,
BPX-IGX trunks. Not seen when trunk is upped on IGX.
Workaround:
uptrk on BPX cnftrk to configure the PASS SYNC to YES
9.2.38 Version Software Release Notes Cisco WAN Switching System Software
OL-xxxxx-xx
55
Problems Fixed in Release 9.2.38
REVIEW DRAFT—CISCO CONFIDENTIAL
CSCdt66302
Symptom:
A virtual trunk in Vritual trunk path failure momentarily goes out of virtual trunk path
failure.
Conditions:
(1) Hitless rebuild is performed on the node. (2) Switchcc is performed on the node.
(3) Another Virtual trunk is upped on the same physical port.
Workaround:
None.
More Information:
It should be noted that this problem does not have any side effects, since during the
period when Virtual trunk path failure is cleared, communication failure would be
declared on that trunk. Hence, it is safe to perform hitless rebuild/switchcc/uptrk
when a trunk is in virtual trunk path failure.
However, the problem can be avoided, if hitless rebuild/switchcc is not performed
when virtual trunks are in Virtual trunk path failure. It can also be avoided by not
upping a virtual trunk, when any of the virtual trunks on that physical port is in
Virtual trunk path failure.
CSCdt66348
Symptom:
After adding nrt-vbrvp or rt-vbrvp connection there is an abort 1000003 on the NPM.
If connection logging to CWM is enabled the CWM gateway IGX may also have an
abort 1000003.
Conditions:
IGX running SWSW release 9.2.xx or 9.3.xx and nrt-vbr or rt-vbr VP Tunneling
connections.
Workaround:
Only use cbr, abr, or ubr vp tunneling connections.
If a vbrvp connection (as shown in the "type" field of the dspcons screen) is
accidentally added: 1. Delete the connection, do not use the dsplog command if
connection logging to the event log is enabled. 2. Use "off1" to disable "Conn Stat
Sampling" (some VC stats will be lost). 3. Generate enough events to fill one page of
the event log (13 events). 4. Clear the event log (without viewing the second page).
5. Switchcc (use the regular procedure). 6. Use "on1" to enable "Conn Stat
Sampling".
9.2.38 Version Software Release Notes Cisco WAN Switching System Software
56
OL-xxxxx-xx
Problems Fixed in Release 9.2.38
REVIEW DRAFT—CISCO CONFIDENTIAL
CSCdt89968
Symptom:
1) Channel statistcs 42,43 are not valid for UFM card connections since UFM FW
does not support these stats.
2) Stats 38,39 are "Rx Frames Discarded - Ingress CRC" and "Rx Bytes Discarded Ingress CRC" instead of "Tx Frames Discarded - Ingress CRC" and "Rx Bytes
Discarded -Ingress CRC" for UFM connections.
Conditions:
Problem exists in 92,93 IGX for all UFM cards.
Workaround:
Ignore stats 42,43 for UFM connections.
Further Problem Description:
UFM FW does not support stats 42,43 (Tx Frames During Ingress LMI Fail, Tx Bytes
During Ingress LMI Fail). SwSw diplays these stats by cnfchstats, dspchstats,
dspstrec which are not valid for UFM connecitons. Apart from this dspchstathist
command shows non valid values for stats 42,43 for UFM connections.
9.2.38 Version Software Release Notes Cisco WAN Switching System Software
OL-xxxxx-xx
57
Problems Fixed in Release 9.2.37
REVIEW DRAFT—CISCO CONFIDENTIAL
CSCdt90019
Symptom:
Any connection from FTM to FRM (either side can be master) will get auto deletd
after an upgrade to 9.2.38 or on a dual switchcc in 9.2.37.
Condition:
Only thing that is required for this bug to be present is having the connections from
FTM to FRM. A rbldcondb command also will bring in this bug.
Workaround:
No work around is available for this bug.
Further Problem Description:
None.
CSCdt98295
Symptom:
After adding a connection terminating on a BXM feeder trunk the warning "Warning:
Remote reports Sum of Mins > port speed" is displayed (where the BXM is the remote
end of the connection).
Conditions:
A connection is added to a BXM feeder trunk, and there was a BCC switch over
between adding the feeder shelf and adding the connection.
Workaround:
The warning may be avoided by:
1. Adding the feeder shelf
2. Performing a switchcc
3. Deleting the feeder shelf
4. Adding the feeder shelf
This will initialize the port speed in the feeder structure on both the active and
standby BCC, but if a BCC loses power (due to removal or a power interuption) the
port speed in the feeder structure will return to zero.
Further Problem Description:
The feeder port speed is initialized when the feeder shelf is added. The feeder port
information is not sent to the standby CC or BRAM, so it must be reinitialized after
a BCC switch over or rebuild. The software to reinitialize the feeder port speed after
a BCC switch over or rebuild is missing from the affected releases
Problems Fixed in Release 9.2.37
Following is the list of fixed problems that were fixed in the 9.2.37 Switch Software release. Included
with each is a brief discussion of the problem.
9.2.38 Version Software Release Notes Cisco WAN Switching System Software
58
OL-xxxxx-xx
Problems Fixed in Release 9.2.37
REVIEW DRAFT—CISCO CONFIDENTIAL
Bug ID
Description
CSCdk48068
Symptom:
Unable to copy UVM firmware DCA or DDA or DEC from one node to another over
a trunk. Node says firmware is unavailable.
Conditions:
Observed with IGX Release 9.1.03.
Workaround:
Attach modem to node that needs DCA or DDA or DEC firmware for the UVM and
download it via SV Lite. If there is a SV+ station in the network and all nodes are
pingable from the SV+ with IP-relay, than tftp the firmwareimage from SV+ station
to any nodes in the network.
CSCdk62907
Symptom:
Telnet access is not disabled on BPX/IPX/IGX using off2.
Conditions:
off2 18 does not work in disabling telnet access.
Workaround:
None.
CSCdp34465
Symptom:
dspcd displays BME-622-622 instead of BME-622.
Conditions:
Observed with BPX 9.1.15.
Workaround:
None. This is a cosmetic issue and does not adversely affect the node.
CSCdr17998
Problem:
UBR connections terminating at ASI-OC3 endpoints log software error 9082 when
CLP is enabled or when CLP is disabled and PCR < 10 cps. Other connection types
terminating at ASI-OC3 endpoints log software error 9082 when SCR < 10 cps.
Solution:
In function usr_to_int_bw(), ensure that software does not send rates less than 11 cps
to the ASI-OC3 card. This solution supersedes the fix described in CSCdp51531.
Detailed Problem Description:
A previous fix removed the ASI OC3 discrete value rounding done when converting
user bandwidth parameters to internal (i.e. card) bandwidth parameters. The
parameter conversion is done in function usr_to_int_bw(). The fix worked as long as
the user entered data rates were >= 10 cps. The PCR < 50 cps project uncovered this
limitation.
To fix the problem, the user bandwidth parameters are checked to verify that they are
not less than 11 cps, which is the lowest supported discrete rate value for the ASI OC3
card. If the user entered parameter is less than 11 cps, software will send 11 cps to
the ASI OC3 card. The 11 cps limit checking only applies to the ASI OC3 card, and
will not affect the performance of other card types
9.2.38 Version Software Release Notes Cisco WAN Switching System Software
OL-xxxxx-xx
59
Problems Fixed in Release 9.2.37
REVIEW DRAFT—CISCO CONFIDENTIAL
Bug ID
Description
CSCdr20915
Symptom:
User attempted to cancel the resetcd command by entering “bye” at the reset type
prompt and it reset the card using the arbiter option.
Conditions:
Observed in BPX 8.4.22.
Workaround:
Use the delete key to cancel the command.
CSCdr25253
Symptom:
The AIS-Path alarm is not seen on a SONET line when an Path AIS is sent to it.
Conditions:
Using test equipment during compliance testing, an AIS-Path alarm is generated. The
expected result is to 1. See AIS-P reported on StrataView/CWM 2. See the AIS-P
statistic incremented 3. See the line in Major AIS-P alarm
Workaround:
None.
CSCdr25273
Symptom:
Switch software does not report an alarm when AIS-Line alarm is generated on a
SONET line.
Conditions:
Using test equipment during compliance testing, an AIS Line alarm is generated. The
expected result is see an AIS Line alarm on the line, have StrataView/CWM report an
AIS-L alarm, and see the AIS statistic incremented
Workaround:
None.
CSCdr25275
Symptom:
An RFI-Line alarm does not occur when an RDI-L alarm is generated on a SONET
line.
Conditions:
Using test equipment during compliance testing, an RDI Line alarm is generated on
a line. The expected result is to see an RFI-L alarm on StrataView/CWM and for
dsplns to show an RFI-L alarm on the line being tested
Workaround:
None.
9.2.38 Version Software Release Notes Cisco WAN Switching System Software
60
OL-xxxxx-xx
Problems Fixed in Release 9.2.37
REVIEW DRAFT—CISCO CONFIDENTIAL
Bug ID
Description
CSCdr51769
Symptom:
dspqbinstats shows negative values
Conditions:
When dspqbinstats overflows a certain value, the values show negative. This does
not mean that there are drops or that the queue is overflowing.
Workaround:
Resetting the card clears the statistics temporarily.
CSCdr57396
Symptom:
This problem was found during code review. The possible effect of this bug is (1) the
VC Q depth value may not be changed as desired and/or (2) possible abort on the
node.
Conditions:
This applies only if the cnfcon command is being used on a local connection with
both ends of the connection terminating on the same slot.port.
Workaround:
Do not execute cnfcon for a local connection when both endpoints of the connection
are being terminated on the same slot.port. Instead, delete the connection; readd the
connection and make sure to specify the required VC Q depth value during the
addcon command.
CSCdr64541
Symptom:
dspcntrstats displays negative values for large real-time counters. Counter Cbrctxl
has a negative value.
Conditions:
Observed on BPX with large values for real-time counters.
Workaround:
None.
CSCds15146
Symptom:
Incorrect information is being displayed when the output display is cancelled on the
dspclksrcs command. While looking closely, the output that is displayed is the first
clock screen over the top of the currently displayed clockscreen. redscrn will not fix.
Conditions:
Pressing cancel during the clock source display listing after the first screen.
Workaround:
None.
9.2.38 Version Software Release Notes Cisco WAN Switching System Software
OL-xxxxx-xx
61
Problems Fixed in Release 9.2.37
REVIEW DRAFT—CISCO CONFIDENTIAL
Bug ID
Description
CSCds16812
Symptom:
When a cbr/ubr/vbr connection is programmed, the channel programming value sent
to the trunk card are not correct.
Conditions:
This only happens with an asymmetrical load.
Workaround:
None.
CSCds18089
Symptom:
BPX cnfapsln displays “Signal Detect” instead of “Signal Degrade”.
Conditions:
Configuring APS on BPX with cnfapsln.
Workaround:
None.
CSCds20977
Symptom:
Signal Degrade cleared in internal BXM states, but SWSW still shows Signal
Degrade.
Conditions:
Switch software release prior to 9.2.34, and SD condition cleared from line.
Workaround:
Upgrade software to at least Release 9.2.34
Further Problem Description:
The problem exists because older switch software does not know how to interpret the
“Clear SD” message coming from the new firmware. So, the firmware and SWSW
states get out of synch.
CSCds24390
Symptom:
con_verify debug command is not supported in 9.2 and higher releases.
Conditions:
All 9.2 and 9.3 Releases.
Workaround:
None.
CSCds47570
Symptom:
Through SNMP, not able to set SCR to be 6 cps.
Condition:
This is due to an invalid atmEndptSCR and atmEndptOeSCR range 7 - 1412830
specified in switch.m. it should be 6 - 1412830
Workaround:
Use CLI commands cnfcon or addcon or cnfcls if SCR has to be configured to be 6
cps.
9.2.38 Version Software Release Notes Cisco WAN Switching System Software
62
OL-xxxxx-xx
Problems Fixed in Release 9.2.37
REVIEW DRAFT—CISCO CONFIDENTIAL
Bug ID
Description
CSCds52967
Symptom:
Secondary clock sources are hidden when a thirty fourth primary source is added to
the network.
Conditions:
Addition of a new primary clock brought the amount in the network to thirty four.
When dspclksrcs is issued all secondary clocks are hidden. Under secondary none is
displayed. Switch Software Release IGX/BPX 9.1.19-9.1.22
Workaround:
Have less than thirty four primary clock sources configured at one time in order for
the secondary clocks to be displayed correctly. This is a display problem only, the
secondary clocks are still configured.
CSCds59200
Symptom:
Software error 378 logswhen issue the copycons command from the T1-IMA trunk
card to the UXM-T3 card which is in standby status (no configuration on it) on IGX
feeder node.
Condition:
Copycons fails as expected. But if copycons from the same UXM-T3 card to the
T1-IMA trunk card, this swlog does not show up, the system gives a copycons failed
message.
Workaround:
None.
CSCds61240
Symptoms:
When adding connections on a BPX node, “Unknown Response (17)” is displayed.
This occurs while adding AUSM to AUSM connections.
Conditions:
On the remote end, 1) Sum of minutes is exceeding the port speed. 2) Total number
of connections are exceeding the number of connections that are allowed for the
configured polling rate. BPX nodes running Release 9.3.10 MGX PXM firmware
running 1.1.31 AUSM running 10.0.20.
Workaround:
Change the pooling rate to 10 minutes which allows up to 8000 connections by using
cnfsysparm command.
CSCds64587
Symptom:
copycons allows atfx connections to be added on FRM card which does not support
atfx connections.
Conditions:
Observed on IGX. addcon cannot add atfx connections to FRM card while copycons
can.
Workaround:
None.
9.2.38 Version Software Release Notes Cisco WAN Switching System Software
OL-xxxxx-xx
63
Problems Fixed in Release 9.2.37
REVIEW DRAFT—CISCO CONFIDENTIAL
Bug ID
Description
CSCds66268
Symptom:
copycons does not generate a valid warning message.
Condition:
Switch Software Release 9.2.35 executing copycons with template connection having
parameters set to generate a warning message. (like high PCR is set for an ATFR
connection between UXM and FRM on IGX)
Workaround:
None.
CSCds66861
Symptom:
Connections stop routing across a UXM trunk when the configured gateway
connection limit is reached. By increasing the number of gateway connections
supported on the trunk you can only route further connections until the gateway
connection limit is once again reached. Then no further via connections will route and
they report the failure as unable to find route. There is sufficient bandwidth and
conid's to support the remaining failed connections.
Conditions:
UXM trunk card with CGW and SGW connections preferred routed across it. Found
in SWSW 9.1.19 and UXM BBJ on E3 trunk cards.
Workaround:
1.Down one of the connections that is a gateway connection on the trunk that has
reached its limit for gateway connections.
2.Wait for all the failed connections to reroute and come to normal status.Add new
via connections if required.
3.Up the connection that was downed in the first step.
9.2.38 Version Software Release Notes Cisco WAN Switching System Software
64
OL-xxxxx-xx
Problems Fixed in Release 9.2.37
REVIEW DRAFT—CISCO CONFIDENTIAL
Bug ID
Description
CSCds69729
Symptom:
The following symptoms are all related to this defect:
On IGX, tstconseg performs the entire number of iterations when the abort flag
option is SET and the test fails.
On BPX, the default value for the abort flag is “NOT to abort” but tstconseg stops at
first encounter of failure when the abort flag option is not specified.
Conditions:
On IGX: The following conditions are needed for this problem to occur. 1) tstconseg
is run on a connection with the abort flag option SET and Loop count > 1. 2) The test
fails for the connection.
On BPX: The following conditions are needed for this problem to occur. 1) tstconseg
is run on a connection with Loop count > 1 and the abort flag option is not specified.
2) The test fails for the connection.
Customer Impact:
1) On IGX, the test should abort after the first failure. Instead, it continues until for
the entire count, blocking other commands and wasting CPU time. 2) On BPX, the
test should continue after the first failure when the abort flag option is not specified.
Instead, it stops and user may not know if the test will succeed on a retry.
Workaround:
Set loop count = 1. With SW Release 9.2.37, this is not fixed on BPX, tstconseg
passed on DAX connections.
CSCds72447
Symptom:
Cost-based route recovery allows route to exceed connection cost cap.
Conditions:
Cost-based routing could not find a path for the connection. New route calculated
exceeded the connection cost cap yet the connection routed. Observed in 9.1.24 and
9.2.35.
Workaround:
Possible workarounds include using cnfpref to specify a preferred route. This will
provide a route for the connection. Cost-based routing can be disabled using
cnfcmparm. Also, the trunk cost can be tuned with cnftrk. The connection cost cap
can be configured with cnfrtcost.
CSCds75109
Symptom:
BPX upstats displays negative numbers intermittently.
Conditions:
Same as above.
Workaround:
Clear statistic counters with upstats clear.
9.2.38 Version Software Release Notes Cisco WAN Switching System Software
OL-xxxxx-xx
65
Problems Fixed in Release 9.2.37
REVIEW DRAFT—CISCO CONFIDENTIAL
Bug ID
Description
CSCds75929
Symptom
dspctrlrs output is truncated, it does not display the header “Intfc Type”, rather it just
displays the header “Intfc” and truncates the “Name” of the feeder. dspctrlrs output
in BPX does not wraparound if more than one screen of controllers are added. The
CLI neither queries the user for displaying more output nor the display is clear.
Condition
This problem is seen only in BPX and the screen display is cluttered only when the
number of controllers exceeds 12 to display more than one page.
Workaround
None. dspnode can help to identify the feeders and their type.
CSCds82339
Symptom:
When a graceful upgrade is done on an IGX node, the idle time of the node may be
reduced to < 10% for a long time. The TRNS task takes > 50% of the CPU. After this
period of time, the node functions normally.
Condition:
This happens only if there are ATFR connections on the IGX node with the FR side
as the master end of the connection. The more ATFR connections with FR as the
master on the node, the longer the TRNS process takes a lot of the CPU.
Workaround:
Do a cnfcon on all the ATFR connections with FR as the master end-point and modify
at least one of the BW parameters.
Further Problem Description:
This problem happens because of a inconsistency between the BW parameters of the
ATFR connections stored on the ATM side (can be IGX or BPX) and the FR side. This
discrepancy arises only if the connection is added from the IGX node (on the FR
side). When doing swithcc/upgrade, the master node will send BW updates of all its
connections to all the slave nodes. If the slave node detects any discrepancy, it will
respond back with a BW Change request. If there are large number of connections
with this discrepancy, a BW change request is generated by the slave node for each
of those connections - and these messages are processes by the TRNS task on the
master node, thus utilizing many CPU cycles.
CSCds84556
Symptom:
An “L” is displayed in the IGX dsppwr screen in the status field.
Conditions:
Observed on IGX with DC power and the power supply is in “OK” state.
Workaround:
Ignore the “L”, it has no meaning.
9.2.38 Version Software Release Notes Cisco WAN Switching System Software
66
OL-xxxxx-xx
Problems Fixed in Release 9.2.37
REVIEW DRAFT—CISCO CONFIDENTIAL
Bug ID
Description
CSCds86393
Symptom
cderrors record wraparound function does not work in IGX and BPX.
Condition
This occurs when the cderrors record wraparound function is enabled using cnffunc.
Workaround
None.
CSCds88748
Symptom:
After upgrade, the software does not indicate UXM card LCN resync capability even
if the card has this capability.
Conditions:
The problem only happens when the firmware is upgraded first. If the software is
upgraded first and firmware upgraded later, this does not happen.
Workaround:
dncd/upcd fixes the problem.
CSCds89338
Symptom:
dspload shows negative load when a prefer path connection is routed.
Conditions:
The load for vbr/abr has to be asymmetrical. A connection with asymmetric load say
ms/sm. If the trunk does not have enough ms trunk bandwidth but enough sm
bandwidth, the connection still routed. But the ms direction in the dspload shows
negative load.
Workaround:
None.
CSCdt01430
Symptom:
NWIP traffic is not delivered, other CC traffic is delivered as expected
Conditions:
The logical trunk number of a feeder equals the slot number of a BXM virtual trunk
and CC traffic is using the virtual trunk. While Y redundancy is not a condition of the
problem, if the virtual trunk is Y redundant both physical slots of the Y redundant
pair must be evaluated for the stated condition. The problem is specific to BXM
virtual trunks.
Workaround:
1. Do not use virtual trunks or if you do, restrict CC traffic on all virtual trunks that
meet the condition of the problem.
2. Use wraparound virtual trunks. The BCC self-test must be disabled if on a release
prior to 9.2.34 as CSCds62320(duplicate of CSCdp46785) will cause loss of traffic
on wraparound virtual trunks.
3. Make sure that there is no feeder with a logical trunk number that is equal to the
slot number of any virtual trunk. This requires moving the feeder trunk or the virtual
trunk(s) if the problem already exists on the node.
9.2.38 Version Software Release Notes Cisco WAN Switching System Software
OL-xxxxx-xx
67
Problems Fixed in Release 9.2.37
REVIEW DRAFT—CISCO CONFIDENTIAL
Bug ID
Description
CSCdt04146
Symptom:
BPX logs software error 923 during copycons command.
Conditions:
copycons with starting channel endpoints at virtual trunks (invalid endpoints).
Observed in BPX 9.2.34.
Workaround:
Avoid copying connections with invalid endpoints.
CSCdt04849
Symptom:
Memory corruption may occur as the software image downloads while the firmware
image downloading is in progress through TFTP.
Condition:
This occurs only while downloading the software image while firmware image
download is in progress.
Workaround:
Download the software image after finishing the firmware image download.
CSCdt04852
Symptom:
1. CWM does not recognize back card removal on IGX and BPX nodes for cards in
active state.
2. Feeder object counter is incremented on dspsvmsg display, whenever an active
card object robust message is sent.
3. Deactivating an active empty card in IGX does not remove card info in CWM
display.
4. When a secondary y-red card is removed or y-red is deleted notify CWM about the
secondary card status too.
Condition:
Problem “1” occurs for active cards only.
Workaround:
None.
9.2.38 Version Software Release Notes Cisco WAN Switching System Software
68
OL-xxxxx-xx
Problems Fixed in Release 9.2.37
REVIEW DRAFT—CISCO CONFIDENTIAL
Bug ID
Description
CSCdt15193
Symptom:
Node aborts with a software error and abort error of 3000000 after issuing the rsh
command.
Conditions:
This is a very rare, defect, never actually observed, but discovered during a code
inspection. If the node has nearly all of its memory allocated, or the memory regions
are extremely fragmented then it is possible that invoking the rsh command would
cause the node to abort.
Workaround:
To be sure that enough memory is available, invoke the command dspprf r t and
validate that the combined delta between the columns “Blocks” and “Allcd” for
DYNM, STTC, POOL, HIT1, PL02 and HIT2 are at least 100 and that dspmemblk
shows that the “maximum block in bytes” for DYNM, STTC, POOL, HIT1, PL02 or
HIT2 is 4k or larger (only one needs to be 4k or larger).
CSCdt24344
Symptom:
BPX command srstats shows field “Stby Bus Errors” continuously incrementing.
Conditions:
Observed on BPX 9.2.33 on a BCC4 node without a standby BCC.
Workaround:
Ignore srstats “Stby Bus Errors” if standby BCC is not in standby state and not
mismatched.
CSCdt24454
Symptom:
When a card fails in a node running 9.2.XX software, the alarm is logged in the alarm
logs but there is no Minor Alarm seen in the bottom right hand corner. This should
occur if there are no previous alarms in the node.
Workaround:
None.
CSCdt35981
Symptom:
UXM card fails the loopback test.
Condition:
A disconnected cable on a UXM OC-3 trunk card or line card or an LOS condition
due to intermittent physical line failure.
Workaround:
Enter resetcd XX f to clear the problem, or disable the loopback test by using the
command cnffunc 1 d.
9.2.38 Version Software Release Notes Cisco WAN Switching System Software
OL-xxxxx-xx
69
Problems Fixed in Release 9.2.37
REVIEW DRAFT—CISCO CONFIDENTIAL
Bug ID
Description
CSCdt37502
Symptom:
FTM connections are auto deleted on the master side (UVM/CVM side) when a
switchcc is performed.
Conditions:
IGX with Switch Software Release 9.2.34/36 FTM-UVM/CVM connections after
one/two switchcc
Workaround:
None.
CSCdt49018
Symptom:
An 1M3 abort occurs on IGX (or HW watchdog time-out on older 32M NPMs) after
changing the node number from 39 to any other number.
Conditions:
Using rnmnd to change a node number from 39 to any other number while IGX is
running Switch Software Release 9.2.20 or later.
Workaround:
Renumber the node prior to adding it to the network. Under no circumstances should
a node be renumbered from 39 to some other node number while an IGX with an
affected SWSW release is in the network. Consequences include aborts and
inconsistent databases, possibly resulting in the deletion of the renumbered node
from the network.
CSCdu12537
Symptoms:
Software error (error code 526) logged on BPX
Conditions:
- BPX node using APS. - Working line of APS pair declares Rmt Path Trc Fail or Rmt
Section Trc Fail alarm. - User performs dsplog command.
Workaround:
None. The software errors are benign, but they can fill the log quickly.
Problems Fixed in Release 9.2.37
Following is the list of fixed problems in the 9.2.37 Switch Software release. Included with each is a
brief discussion of the problem.
Bug ID
Description
CSCdk48068
Unable to copy UVM FW DCA, DDA & DEC over trunks with getfwrev
CSCdk62907
Unable to disable telnet access using the off2 command.
CSCdp34465
dspcd on BME slot shows line type twice for BME card name.
CSCdr17998
9082 occurs when adding a UBR connection on an ASI
CSCdr20915
The defect of the option type of resetcd
9.2.38 Version Software Release Notes Cisco WAN Switching System Software
70
OL-xxxxx-xx
Problems Fixed in Release 9.2.37
REVIEW DRAFT—CISCO CONFIDENTIAL
Bug ID
Description
CSCdr25253
No AIS-P alarm reported when Path AIS is sent from upstream equipment
CSCdr25273
AIS-L alarm is not properly propogated
CSCdr25275
RFI-L alarm not properly detected
CSCdr51769
dspqbinstats show negative values
CSCdr57396
Dereferencing unitialized pointer
CSCdr64541
Negative Value in the Real Time Counters (Cbrctxl:-1728314534)
CSCds15146
dspclksrcs does not display correctly when cancelled and more screens
CSCds16812
Trunk Channel programmed with wrong values on BXM, UXM.
CSCds18089
cnfapsln uses incorrect term for SD BER
CSCds24390
con_verify command should be restored in 9.2 and 9.3
CSCds47570
Modify the incorrect SCR value range (7..1412832) to (6..1412832).
CSCds52967
Secondary clocks hidden on dspclksrcs when a 34th primary is added.
CSCds59200
swlog378 logged while trying to copycons from the trunk card to UXM-T3 ca
CSCds61240
Connections added on BPX displays Unknown Response (17)
CSCds64587
copycons allows ATFX conns on FRM (doesn’t support ATFX conns)
CSCds66268
copycons does not generate warning messages
CSCds66861
Inconsistant via conns routed over UXM trunk once gateway conn limit r
CSCds69729
tstconseg - Abort flag option does not work
CSCds72447
Cost-based route recovery allows route to exceed conn cost cap
CSCds75109
Negative numbers output on upstats command
CSCds75929
dspctrlrs output in BPX does not wraparound and the output is truncate
CSCds82339
Upgrade/switchcc on IGX may cause < 10% IDLE time for a long time
CSCds84556
Extra control characters to printf cause L in dsppwr screen
CSCds86393
SES-FDR:CDerrors Record Wraparound function does not work
CSCds88748
Software does not set LCN resync Bit during upgrade with upgraded firm
CSCds89338
Prefer path connection routed with negative load.
CSCdt01430
NWIP traffic is not delivered, other CC traffic is delivered as expected
CSCdt04146
SWSW error 923 was logged on BPX node
CSCdt04849
SW dnld should be blocked if fw download is going on
CSCdt04852
CWM: backcard removal info not updated, active empty card not removed
CSCdt15193
CLI rsh will cause node to abort (3m) if invoked when all memory alrea
CSCdt24344
Stby Bus Errors was being counted after the card failure
CSCdt24454
A Minor Alarm isn’t flagged on your screen for a card failure
CSCdt35981
UXM-OC3 card shows Active-F, dspcd shows PLN Loopback Test Intermitten
CSCdt37502
FTM connections auto delete after switchcc
CSCdt49018
Node re-numbering from 39 causes IGX aborts and comm. break
9.2.38 Version Software Release Notes Cisco WAN Switching System Software
OL-xxxxx-xx
71
Problems Fixed in Release 9.2.36
REVIEW DRAFT—CISCO CONFIDENTIAL
Problems Fixed in Release 9.2.36
Following is the list of fixed problems in the 9.2.35 Switch Software release. Included with each is a
brief discussion of the problem.
Bug ID
Description
CSCdr82206
NPM in slot 2 may not be able to communicate with UXM
CSCds87060
Non-gateway LCN maybe assigned where gateway LCN is needed.
Problems Fixed in Release 9.2.35
Following is the list of fixed problems in the 9.2.35 Switch Software release. Included with each is a
brief discussion of the problem.
Bug ID
Description
CSCdk19709
BPX may sync a neighbor test in error and report a suspected BCC failure
CSCdm07982
ALM/B and NTM reset with hardware errors after UFM card fails
CSCdm12139
Packet_line table not updating Bursty_a_load, Bursty_b_load
CSCdm42912
SNMPProxyAgent fails on SET of PrefRoute with 10 hops (switch rejects)
CSCdm60699
Async updates are sent incorrectly when VCQueue fills up.
CSCdp51531
Software log 21(9082) occurs when UBR con added and one of the endpoints is
ASI-155
CSCdp53419
UXM trunk LCN verification not performed on card configuration
CSCdp56458
Software error 34 occurs when entering a three-part ASI address for many different
UI commands
CSCdp73084
upport, dnport, cnfport do not show port speed due to screen overwrite
CSCdr03517
Info Bus A Reports 1 Error(s) (CNTL) logged frequently with LCC LDM FW
CSCdr53669
SLT:ILMI is not disabled after changing virtual trunk to line port.
CSCdr55450
Flood of swlog 992 kills ILMI task on BCC making all AXISs unreachable
CSCdr58956
10 hop connection only adds in one direction with cost-based routing
CSCdr65152
MIB variables not incrementing for fpTrkStatsEntry variables
CSCdr68507
dsplog shows wrong VPI/VCI when port loopback deleted
CSCdr70919
Interface Shelf Major alarm logged when changing protocol to run on BXM card
CSCdr71482
dsptrkstats tx and rx load percentage incorrect, sometimes greater than 100%
CSCdr71781
Auto Memory reserved is not set to zero (swerr 3000) after upln on BXM-E
CSCdr72296
snmp walk on shelfslotinfotable causes swerr 26 when UXM is missing a back card
CSCdr73183
111 when 23 ifcs (trk/prt) on a BXM slot, 23+ causes trunk/port statistic loss
CSCdr73442
Deleting a simulated AAL5 feeder causes 1M3 abort and swerrs 513, 589 and 502
CSCdr74031
cnfcmb parameters changes on IGX when adding BPX to network
9.2.38 Version Software Release Notes Cisco WAN Switching System Software
72
OL-xxxxx-xx
Problems Fixed in Release 9.2.35
REVIEW DRAFT—CISCO CONFIDENTIAL
Bug ID
Description
CSCdr74447
VC Depth does not get set to the correct value during addition of PVC
CSCdr74841
Display Routing Table Contents does not work
CSCdr74919
bnni lights do not go out after a dntrk
CSCdr75723
Software error 938 PNA_SEND_ERR when lan default gateway is set to zero.
CSCdr76988
Rounding problem in calculating UBU on dspbusbw
CSCdr78202
Software error 1120 logged during upgrading from 9.3.1T to 9.3.1V
CSCdr78391
Software error 3074 when upgrading from 931T to 931V
CSCdr78404
UVM has excessive delay for g729 conn which route on uxme 2Mbps virtual trunk
CSCdr79123
During routing delay of path may be calculated incorrectly
CSCdr79195
Too many connections could be packed by pack_conns()
CSCdr80522
Investigate user commands included HIPRI login for problem caused by Pause_proc
CSCdr80662
Some connection parameters are reset to default on rebuild/switchcc
CSCdr81947
dspselftst stopped working due to fragmented dynamic memory
CSCdr82470
Port loopback for the local slave end of a daxcon fails
CSCdr83296
VSI partition addition, dntrk or cnftrk on virtual trunk causes unreachability
CSCdr85197
The random() function is deterministic
CSCdr86188
AIS generates bit set for slave end of ATM daxcon with line in LOS
CSCdr86717
Mismatched back cards are allowed in a Y-red configuration
CSCdr91284
Two software errors 997s are logged after addtrk <vtrk>
CSCdr92045
Communication failure on trunks creates software error 1417.
CSCdr95419
delapsln executes without confirmation
CSCdr95576
Software error 327 with switchcc and failed connections
CSCdr95604
Allow IGX transmit rate to change locally for an added trunk.
CSCdr95788
Enhancement for signalling Qbin support
CSCdr96358
Last line of dsptech is writing into the border
CSCdr96513
The first interface upped on BXM/UXM has an incorrect maximum discard
threshold.
CSCdr98681
cnftrk on BTM or ALM causes software error 923
CSCds00854
Software error 1427 is generated.
CSCds01587
Switch sending cells rx/tx statistics as 0 to CWM
CSCds02627
cnfqbin cannot use the default discard threshold .
CSCds02931
ILMI interval statistics are not collected .
CSCds03275
No trunk statistics are collected for last slot of IGX . Caused by CSCdm04491 fix
CSCds05668
Node goes into degraded mode after upgrading from 931Y to 931b
CSCds07761
SLT:Software error 103 UBU allocation errors
CSCds08777
Incorrect card/image accepted in tftp request. Missing Cmi_fwdl_prefix.
CSCds08808
Changing trunk rate using cnftrk overwrites BXM OC-12/T3/E3 with OC-3 Q depths
9.2.38 Version Software Release Notes Cisco WAN Switching System Software
OL-xxxxx-xx
73
Problems Fixed in Release 9.2.34
REVIEW DRAFT—CISCO CONFIDENTIAL
Bug ID
Description
CSCds09778
BXM:CBR traffic drops as trunk Qbin bandwidth does not change with connection.
reroute/dncon/upcon
CSCds12523
LMI Interval statistics are not collected.
CSCds13718
Incompatibility between Switch Software Release 9.2.23 and BXM firmware MF27.
CSCds16795
Incorrect programming of ingress/egress MCR on a terminating UXM trunk
CSCds17902
Software errors 532 & 538 found on BPX
CSCds22399
dspcon shows error of connection does not exist when dspcons shows all connections
CSCds22519
Software error 9082 logged for UXM when NPM resetcd
CSCds31978
Inconsistent via connections routed over UXM trunk once gateway connection limit
is reached.
CSCds32831
dsptrkstats on down BNI card produces software log 8096
CSCds35608
UXM is not configurable to NON-CRC-4 mode.
CSCds36582
BCC Clock failure not processed by switch software during switchcc
CSCds39545
dspfdr does not display the VSI channels correctly.
CSCds43387
Software error 1128 on executing dspbuses when standby bus is failed
CSCds50411
delyred executes without confirmation
Problems Fixed in Release 9.2.34
Following is the list of fixed problems in the 9.2.34 Switch Software release. Included with each is a
brief discussion of the problem.
Bug ID
Description
CSCdk55887
dspport command moved from user-level-6 to user-level-2 in 8.1
CSCdm13655
VC bw parameter is not reused (initialized differently during upgrade vs provision)
CSCdp50091
data_channel table not updating with 9.1.15 switch software
CSCdp67775
BPX does not clear last user request after SF switch
CSCdp93955
Swlog 532 when doing a snmpwalk on the node
CSCdr08430
Non TS queue size not saved in bram; also strange queue size behavior
CSCdr09440
ASI Qbin config lost when programming 2ndary card in Y-Red set
CSCdr11698
TS cell discards on Virtual Trunks with overbooked f/relay traffic
CSCdr11823
BCC tstber channel could use VPI that is in the VSI range
CSCdr15924
Failure to receive proper traps w/ 2+ CWMs pointing to same network
CSCdr20925
Connection data stops when reverted to primary in Y-red
CSCdr21739
Node hung up and lost access after deleting trunk.
CSCdr22568
ILMI Disable Command not sent to BXM FW when ILMI is disabled on a port
CSCdr23432
Switch aborts when cnfport command is issued.
CSCdr25318
UFMU port reports active state when the back card is missing
9.2.38 Version Software Release Notes Cisco WAN Switching System Software
74
OL-xxxxx-xx
Problems Fixed in Release 9.2.33
REVIEW DRAFT—CISCO CONFIDENTIAL
Bug ID
Description
CSCdr27853
cnfcmparm 9 (reroute timer) should be defaulted to 3 seconds
CSCdr32789
Gateway LCNs are not getting updated if the other end is BXM and cnfrsrc done at
BXM
CSCdr33428
UXM number of channels mismatch after card rebuild
CSCdr36808
ORIONSLT:SPVC reroute failed due to cross commit fail but PXM, BXM have
RSRC
CSCdr36819
Message 0x53 not sent when dntrk/deltrk is done on Egress/Ingress side
CSCdr38707
SLT: Total VSI min. bw > 1412830 should not be allowed on BPX.
CSCdr41814
Prevent AR/VSI conflicts for VPIs used by Feeders for LMI/IP - SNMP changes
CSCdr48340
dspnw on a nw with IMA virtual trunks causes swerr 1423 or 1M3
CSCdr49264
Add rt-vbr connection via CWM, CLI shows nrt-vbr and snmpget shows as rt-vbr
CSCdr49301
PVC does not route after preferred is not available
CSCdr51105
Software error 30 is logged while UXM is inserted
CSCdr56249
Transition counter stats (LOS,..) not updated when line goes into alarm
CSCdr58725
Selftests: Freq.value of < 40seconds causes consistent resetting of UXM cards
CSCdr64725
MIB variable switchIfOperStatus reports up when a trunk is actually added
CSCdr67236
SES have stats file 1 hour ahead of bpx stats file even time are same
CSCdr75146
Connections will not route due to lack of LCNs as seen in constats command
CSCdr79123
During routing delay of path may be calculated incorrectly
Problems Fixed in Release 9.2.33
Following is the list of fixed problems in the 9.2.33 Switch Software release. Included with each is a
brief description of the problem.
Bug ID
Description
CSCdj14920
Unable to clrcnf on BPX node whose number is > 63
CSCdm04491
Swerr 921 flooding
CSCdm13655
VC bw parm is not reused (initialized differently during upgrade vs provision).
CSCdm29466
Cannot addtrk on the VSI network because of VPC conid mismatch
CSCdm31518
“Active CC failure (EEPROM, SAR) and standby unlock or reseat causes rebuild.”
CSCdm38578
Echo Negotiation for telnet between AIX and BPX
CSCdm48790
SIU phase errors from all BXM cards in a node
CSCdm69629
Different values of statistical reserve for dsptrkcnf and dspload
CSCdm88055
Job run job experienced failed
CSCdp20486
UXM IMA physical line alarms are not sent to SV+
CSCdp50871
UP/Down Line on ALM-A behaves erratically.
CSCdp53961
Control card mastership error not properly detected by software
9.2.38 Version Software Release Notes Cisco WAN Switching System Software
OL-xxxxx-xx
75
Problems Fixed in Release 9.2.33
REVIEW DRAFT—CISCO CONFIDENTIAL
Bug ID
Description
CSCdp58131
SNMP get function in atmTrunkStatsTable
CSCdp62387
APS Clear Trap 20100 does not distinguish various types of clear events.
CSCdp68440
Swerr 961(BAD_LCN_SPECIFIED) found after dnport/dnln
CSCdp72012
Swerr 129 (BAD_TYPE_LOGGED) found at BPX2
CSCdp73065
Background Tst card errors on active. Card has state ACTIVE-F w/ss
CSCdp73606
Port LED remains on when line is downed on UXM.
CSCdp78731
LCN and VPC conid count is not sending correctly in TBL
CSCdp83180
Swerr 614 AUTO_DEL_LCON and 612 AUTO_DEL_VC upon fallback from
9.3.0L
CSCdp83902
UVM Line pass through does not work on the second physical line on UVM
CSCdp87624
Autodel trunk when rebuilding a port with 32 vtrks
CSCdp93368
When up a line then switch software seems to program all cons on that card
CSCdp93728
Summary statistics overflow is not detected correctly for Port and VI stats
CSCdp94039
Swlog 2000 occurs when snmpwalk on an IGX node
CSCdp95286
Cross point failures on the bcc.
CSCdp95807
Robust object message for vtrunks appears to be reporting wrong channel count
CSCdp96768
VSI and SVC bandwidth is not eliminated while configuring egress hpqbn b/w.
CSCdp98970
VT session timeouts on particular page when running dsprts
CSCdp99622
“Burn UXM/FW using C-bus, gets aborted”
CSCdp99780
Inhibit line loop diagnostics for IMA line/trunk
CSCdr00360
A Tstdelay command cannot run while card is initilized
CSCdr04828
IP relay channel is not getting deprogrammed when AAL/5 feeder is deleted
CSCdr06086
A dsp_pa_fail0 switch statement falls through when it should not.
CSCdr06280
Conditional update should not be integrated for a trunk between T1 and E1
CSCdr08084
A 62 message is not send on addyred if the secondary card is running self-test
CSCdr08231
A clrtrkstats does not clear Trunk Qbin statistics
CSCdr08952
A addloclp on BNI feeder connection aborts a node under certain circumstances
CSCdr10473
A swerr 1012 (BAD_RS_NCHANS) occurs after hitless rebuild
CSCdr11310
Configure LMI on UXM port causing swerr 987
CSCdr11823
A non-Fatal card error occurs on red. BXM during PXM1 upgrade. Refer to bug
CSC46785
CSCdr11837
The maximum channel limit for dspchoid command is incorrect
CSCdr12300
Switch MIB is inconsistent with the CLI
CSCdr14544
PNNI VPI.VCI 0.18 is blocked when path 0 is built on BXM.
CSCdr14558
Switch software updates wrong port DB and robust message after Y-Red UFM
switch over.
CSCdr14935
Unable to add UFM UXM connections from UFM side and there is corruption of Be
Bc.
9.2.38 Version Software Release Notes Cisco WAN Switching System Software
76
OL-xxxxx-xx
Problems Fixed in Release 9.2.32
REVIEW DRAFT—CISCO CONFIDENTIAL
Bug ID
Description
CSCdr17056
Provide UNKNOWN state for serialPortLeadState
CSCdr19348
NTS connections get bit errors when Frame Relay bursts fill up trunk capacity
CSCdr20760
Incorrect prompt while deleting a trunk on IGX UXM card
CSCdr21739
Node hung up and lost access after deleting a trunk.
CSCdr26582
CD error after issuing a addctclr command (SLT)
CSCdr30234
Available Conids gets updated only on the nodes connected by the trunk.
CSCdr32875
“int_all_usr_updt, trkchans: kicks of reroute only for trunks attached locally.”
CSCdr41370
Dspchstat from Port counter slowly ramps-up to send rate
Problems Fixed in Release 9.2.32
Following is the list of fixed problems in the 9.2.32 Switch Software release. Included with each is a
brief description of the problem.
Bug ID
Description
CSCdk03916
Trunk information is inconsistent
CSCdr26613
“When active APS line has YEL, trunk fails.”
CSCdr35085
Switchcc cannot be cancelled when updates pending
Problems Fixed in Release 9.2.31
Following is the list of fixed problems in the 9.2.31 Switch Software release. Included with each is
a brief description of the problem.
Bug ID
Description
CSCdk15523
“Integer overflow results in computation in get_bc, get_be funcs”
CSCdk22052
Switchcc event logged under trapd.log when the command is cancelled
CSCdk45354
No data continuity between UVM & HDM for nx64 connection
CSCdk60213
HDM data errors with 1152 kb/s connections on 9.1.06
CSCdm10213
After upgrade or switchcc in 9.1, extra connections may appear
CSCdm20593
Switch software should not allow an ATFR connection between two UXMs
CSCdm26083
Dsptrkbob causes swerr 30 and 923 when performed on sec Y-Red card
CSCdm46032
SNMP identifies ALM/A line as ATM trunk
CSCdm47765
VT cause memory leak
CSCdm68968
“VC-Q depth setting at default value, Connection Manager, IGX, routing and feeder
node”
CSCdm75577
UFM-C to BXM SIW/NIW connection discards 100% cells at BXM on BPX if the
connection is between UFM-C on IGX to BXM on BPX.
9.2.38 Version Software Release Notes Cisco WAN Switching System Software
OL-xxxxx-xx
77
Problems Fixed in Release 9.2.31
REVIEW DRAFT—CISCO CONFIDENTIAL
Bug ID
Description
CSCdm77271
Incorrect modem upgrade support
CSCdm87788
Unable to add connection with maximum rate on BXM-T3 port with direct mapping
CSCdm91529
“Screen flicker on dspnds, with more than 2 columns nodes”
CSCdp07967
Statistics files updating standby cause standby to hang in update state
CSCdp09854
The value for maximum pvc bw in rsrc partition displays wrong value
CSCdp15350
SNMP GET-NEXT does not work for frLportStatTable
CSCdp20534
Uninitialized variable in get_rrt_space() function
CSCdp27598
Disabling and enabling echo canceller produces Channel Pair Problem
CSCdp32245
BXM-OC3 DX performance monitoring is not implemented Bellcore 253 Sec 6.2.2.
CSCdp32422
addlnlocrmtlp does not loop traffic properly in APS 1+1 cross over circuit
CSCdp32490
Secondary CC went from UPGRADED to STANDBY after pull/reinsert
CC-backcard
CSCdp32760
Updates/Upgrades of circuit lines can cause a memory leak on the standby
CSCdp32823
IGX FAIL handler causes high CPU utilization
CSCdp34687
BPXs running 9.2.22 experiences commBreak every 5 seconds and cleared.
CSCdp34935
connCurrRouteDesc description inconsistent with code
CSCdp35155
LDM cderrs and card failed in 9.2.3M
CSCdp37572
Addcon command does not include connection display
CSCdp39883
Con with 1/101 VPI/VCI added at BXM fdr trunk caused UNRCH of its fdr
CSCdp41410
Modem Silence duration can be set to a maximum of only 5.1 seconds
CSCdp42776
Cannot configure BXM port by runjob command
CSCdp43913
Dsprsrc displays confusing information about Topo Discovery
CSCdp45833
SVC deletions are sometimes incomplete (swerr 332 with FFF1)
CSCdp47053
ALM/B Y-Red does not work for upgrade 8.5.09->9.1.15->9.2.23
CSCdp47428
IFC failed when shelf is re-added (with 2 partition)
CSCdp47479
Unable to configure feeder LMI timers
CSCdp48792
“The dsplog/trapd show the APS alarm cleared, but dspapsln is in LOS”
CSCdp48797
All connection parms go to 0 when change vc q depth
CSCdp48797
All connection parms go to 0 when change vc q depth
CSCdp49215
Addtrk on Y-red card causes swerr 9082
CSCdp49860
Dncon causes other connections to be downed
CSCdp49951
BPX hanging up with TUNL task using up to 60% CPU RT
CSCdp50593
Updated information PNNI ctrlr not sent after addctrlr command
CSCdp51318
No alarm of the APSLN in dsplog/dspapsln after Signal Degrade/Failure
CSCdp52802
UVM ports do not pass data due to stuck CCS conditioning
CSCdp53212
Dspload from IGX on a remote BPX with trunk no.> 8 is not allowed
CSCdp53891
Addloclp and addrmtlp command causes yellow alarm on UVI interface
CSCdp54106
“BCC switchcc causes Comm failure, telnet failure”
9.2.38 Version Software Release Notes Cisco WAN Switching System Software
78
OL-xxxxx-xx
Problems Fixed in Release 9.2.30
REVIEW DRAFT—CISCO CONFIDENTIAL
Bug ID
Description
CSCdp54803
BCC switches over when standby is in update statistic with bad Spurious Int
CSCdp55388
Dspchuse shows wrong number for max PVC configured.
CSCdp55442
Addjob/editjob and cnfport corrupts memory or can cause a 1M3 abort
CSCdp58545
Distortion on UVM-to-CVM connections routed on UXM Trunks when VAD
Threshold reached.
CSCdp58869
Unintelligent response from cnfcon command
CSCdp59960
UVM does not send yellow alarm to PBX when it receives a yellow alarm from PBX
CSCdp61539
“Networking channel deletion problem for Transparent, Blind and Inter-nodal”
CSCdp64345
Virtual trunk in comm fail is chosen by route or after hitless rebuild
CSCdp65187
Multiple switchyred within 10 seconds causes line to go in LOS for APS
CSCdp66930
No failed traps for user lockout but traps for BPX lockout
CSCdp69003
“Decrease Comm Brk clear, reroute and recondition time after rebuild”
CSCdp69582
Unable to switchyred on upgrade from BXM to BXM-E due to Qbin size mismatch
CSCdp70093
Failure configuring VSI ILMI gives error message Unknown error for LCN un avail.
CSCdp70295
“UNI port MIB should show range 1-255, not”
CSCdp73719
ILMI on card can be disabled through SNMP even if VSI ILMI enabled.
CSCdp76840
Resetcd on Active should warn when standby is still in PRGM mode.
CSCdp79429
Dspselftst shows test attempts incrementing yet Status always shows Not Run
CSCdp79560
TFTP Channel Stats are not reported correctly
CSCdp79719
Cnftrk on an IMA trunk shows negative transmit trunk rate!
CSCdp82720
Y-red: standby UXM does not take over when FW is burned on active card
CSCdp84848
Dsplogcd for a VSI trunk attempts to use an uninitialized pointer
CSCdp85171
Flood of HW failure messages from BXM caused node rebuild
CSCdp85238
Alarm are not getting updated when delapsln and switchyred/resetcd is done.
CSCdp86269
Trunks and LNs on aps cds go into LOS and never recover during gr253 -> ITUT.
CSCdp90123
Cnftrk for a vtrk on an OC12 interface gives a line coding prompt
CSCdp90130
Cnfrsrc shows more bandwidth than the physical maximum for a feeder.
CSCdp98715
Swlog 514 and 589 when doing dncon.
CSCdr00072
Using unitialized num_ports variable in av_bkcd()
Problems Fixed in Release 9.2.30
Following is the list of fixed problems in the 9.2.30 Switch Software release. Included with each is a
brief description of the problem.
Bug ID
Description
CSCdk36040
“Trap 20004-wrong value for varbind trapCardType, FRP back card”
CSCdk53336
Tstdelay not working on non-enhanced ASI-155
9.2.38 Version Software Release Notes Cisco WAN Switching System Software
OL-xxxxx-xx
79
Problems Fixed in Release 9.2.30
REVIEW DRAFT—CISCO CONFIDENTIAL
Bug ID
Description
CSCdk87939
Dspchcnf shows inconsistent information after upgrade to 9106
CSCdm05502
Need cnfuvmchparm parameters 8 and 9 to configure UVM echo cancelers
CSCdm19532
A-bit status not propagating through network changing from NNI to UNI port
CSCdm19535
Channel program problems for BXM virtual trunks
CSCdm24140
Delcon on IGX causes IDLE RT to drop
CSCdm31990
CVM cbus message (0xA0) is not delivered when the secondary card is active.
CSCdm42254
When user ID is deleted subsequent users are reported one off.
CSCdm53182
Swerr 923 logged when dsptrkred command is used.
CSCdm65380
Allow conids lower than 4096 for VT wraparound
CSCdm72719
Unable to add BNI VT over ASI port in some cases
CSCdm74224
Unable to configure a port on OC-3 card when others are already configured.
CSCdm85764
“IGX node logging constant swerr 2051, TFTP_FILE_SIZE_ERR”
CSCdm85783
Five connections were deleted. software errors 614/612/534 were logged during a
full rebuild
CSCdm86633
Swerr 332 (BD_XLAT_INDX) and 325 (BD_XLATDB_REF) on VNS SVCs
CSCdm88262
Able to add atfr DAX conns from frm.xx - uxm.xx with pcr < 50 and policing: on.
CSCdm91238
SWerr 2003 is seen during a switchcc
CSCdm91631
During ungraceful upgrade from 9.1 to 9.2, some BW PARMS can become allocated
CSCdm92021
Error_slot were used instead of next_slot when checking next_slot parity error.
CSCdm92790
Voice and NTS IGX traffic is serviced in VBR Q of BXM
CSCdm93670
Cannot configure 2 OC3 trunk has 7K PVCs
CSCdm93701
PVC shows inconsistent prefer route information
CSCdm94587
Swerr 532 and 923 when deltrk of trunk on downed card
CSCdp00060
Swerr 526(NEG_FILL_REQ)
CSCdp01511
“FRM - FRM, 2 seg. conn has cbr traffic type”
CSCdp02203
Could not add 3 seg. FR-FR connection from CM GUI (FRM - FRSM)
CSCdp03317
VT Path Failure condition remains after the downed VPC in the cloud
CSCdp04213
“Software error 3025 gets logged thrice, when do a walk on atmPortStatLmiStatAc.”
CSCdp05149
1 mil 2 abort after full rebuild on N33
CSCdp06823
SW9082 after switchcc and tstconseg
CSCdp08636
BPX node showing a trunk connected to itself instead of popeye feeder
CSCdp11851
CMUP timeouts have to be increased to avoid thrashing
CSCdp12024
BPX sends wrong error messages to CWM
CSCdp12505
Memory should be moved from Pool Region to Hitless Region
CSCdp14002
Trunk fail/repair resets Concentric Comm Break Clearing etc.
CSCdp15671
Software error 105
CSCdp15712
Can not add con with certain VPI.VCI value
CSCdp16760
SWERR 3033 seen on BPX nodes
9.2.38 Version Software Release Notes Cisco WAN Switching System Software
80
OL-xxxxx-xx
Problems Fixed in Release 9.2.23
REVIEW DRAFT—CISCO CONFIDENTIAL
Bug ID
Description
CSCdp16891
SWERR 532 seen on BPX nodes
CSCdp17303
Lines do nor show up in CWM 9.2.06M for certain BXM-E3/T3
CSCdp18093
Continuous BUS A|B Reports PRI LOSS (Clock) log messages when primclksrc =
VT
CSCdp18160
False NNI failure indication at IGX FDR endpoint
CSCdp20894
Addlnloclp/dellnlp causes trunk Mgr Ret Yel and LOF (RED)
CSCdp20961
Swerr 5019 occured during loadrev and runrev 9.2.3F
CSCdp21688
Sec BXM card goes in mismatch during upgrade(9.1-9.2) when cards not in service.
CSCdp21803
Trapd log reports event trap on wrong node
CSCdp23116
“Continuous hitless rebuilds, if 1st abort is before hitless pointer”
CSCdp23196
Swerr 1101 (BAD_EVENT_TYPE) logged.
CSCdp23410
UXM physical trunks with VPI of 0 does not work
CSCdp24319
Dspcon for atfst connections does not display all parameters on second page
CSCdp24366
get_trunk() does not properly handle physical slot/logical slot mapping
CSCdp25420
A line which is upped can be configured as an IMA trunk
CSCdp25685
Software error 1012 logged upon a delshelf on a VSI trunk
CSCdp26827
Swerr 9082 logged for the nrtVBR conn 3.4.255.32852
CSCdp27775
Unable to add IGX feeder
CSCdp30654
LCN allocation issue with crosspoint test
CSCdp31596
IGX 9.2.22 NTM does not support FST in traffic class failing addtrk
CSCdp32058
Send CM update responses to unreachable nodes
CSCdp32815
Dspvsipartinfo display hangs; an issue for automating the testing
CSCdp34188
No continuity on a con routed over a BXM FDR to a IGX feeder
CSCdp35713
Channel for NW use counted twice
CSCdp39714
Move disabling of VPC conns upgrade to 9.2.30 from 9.2.23
Problems Fixed in Release 9.2.23
Following is the list of fixed problems in the 9.2.23 Switch Software release. Included with each is a
brief description of the problem.
Bug ID
Description
CSCdm64323
Swerr 3005 BAD_DEFAULTS seen on two BPX nodes.
CSCdp25375
Abort does not cause hitless rebuild or switchcc (full rebuild instead)
9.2.38 Version Software Release Notes Cisco WAN Switching System Software
OL-xxxxx-xx
81
Problems Fixed in Release 9.2.22
REVIEW DRAFT—CISCO CONFIDENTIAL
Problems Fixed in Release 9.2.22
Following is the list of fixed problems in the 9.2.22 Switch Software release. Included with each is a
brief description of the problem.
Bug ID
Description
CSCdp04046
Increase cm update time-out from 30 seconds to 90 seconds
CSCdp05661
Node is unreachable from one side but the route is fine
CSCdp10383
Tftp file stats for PHYSLINE object reports all ports as zero
Problems Fixed in Release 9.2.21
Following is the list of fixed problems in the 9.2.21 Switch Software release. Included with each is a
brief description of the problem.
Bug ID
Description
CSCdj57458
Reduce privilege level for dspqs command
CSCdj79112
BXM does not allow SCR/CIR less than 50cps/19.2kbps
CSCdk26279
Block a user from disabling CAC override if ATM port is over subscribed
CSCdk34722
Enable EPD configuration on all BXM queues. Allow clp-lo > clp-hi. (UXM)
CSCdm06156
“Sim-fdrs on BNIs are unreachable after rebuild, bad loopback rebuild”
CSCdm19696
BME port configure is blocked need to set CAC override and shift on/off
CSCdm36041
“When active BCC backcard is removed, no info to dsplog”
CSCdm38356
100% Cell Loss on ALM/A VPCs (GW_TYPE_CELL_VPC) routed over ALM/B
trunks
CSCdm40129
Crosspoint test failing on some BXM trunk test cases
CSCdm46335
Swerr 9091 on BPX node due to a tstdelay failure
CSCdm46537
Addcon does not check egress load with cac override disable and %util enable
CSCdm47933
Output of dspnds -d is larger than screen and columns wrap around
CSCdm51607
Print function is not working correctly (format issue)- ok 8.4 & broke
CSCdm52681
Switchyred causes data transfer stops for 1 to 4 minutes
CSCdm58441
Dcdrtbl on UXM card logs a BAD_CD_TYPE (55) swerr
CSCdm58804
Swerr 8096 logged on IST n/w for nightly jobs
CSCdm60541
Software error 919 (BAD_SVR_CNTR_PTR) was logged on BPX node in IST n/w
CSCdm61885
During a burnfwrev in a UXM card, it does not shows as program
CSCdm62078
Swerr 986 occured during cnftrk virtual trunk
CSCdm63072
Software errors 31 and 52 with addlocrmtlp where remote end is BPX feeder
CSCdm63583
DSPCONS -FABIT sometimes shows A-bit status incorrectly as UNUSED
CSCdm64034
Hitless rebuild count is not getting incremented
9.2.38 Version Software Release Notes Cisco WAN Switching System Software
82
OL-xxxxx-xx
Problems Fixed in Release 9.2.20
REVIEW DRAFT—CISCO CONFIDENTIAL
Bug ID
Description
CSCdm64066
Tstdelay on the UXM conn fails reporting with state table hung
CSCdm64811
APS: switchyred causes LOS for 10 seconds
CSCdm65813
APS: switch back to working line incorrectly.
CSCdm68729
AIS getting generated on remotely looped back connections
CSCdm70167
Software error 104 after loading 9.2.2L
CSCdm71616
Cannot delete link from UXM-IMA virtual trunk
CSCdm73852
Feature mismatch may not be working for 1 port group BXM cards
CSCdm74630
Swerr 1415 logged in BPX
CSCdm76753
Shorten the error string displayed for supported load types for trunk
CSCdm76881
“Addyred not possible when upgrading from 8.4.21 to 9.1 or 9.2, in on”
CSCdm77070
Alarm-a line VPC mode can be changed when there are VPC cons on it!
CSCdm77509
AXIS feeder shows incorrectly as a MGX feeder
CSCdm80991
Unable to add conns using CM GUI with BPX 9.2.20 & MBE firmware
CSCdm83096
Failed to addyred on LDM: RCMP entries mismatch
CSCdm89320
BPX lmi messages to AXIS shelf do not contain correct I.E.
CSCdp05584
During 9.1->9.2 upgrade, user connection channels are allocated for cc traffic
CSCdp05865
BXM-E3/T3 cards show up as wrong card on SV+
Problems Fixed in Release 9.2.20
Following is the list of fixed problems in the 9.2.20 Switch Software release. Included with each is a
brief description of the problem.
Bug ID
Description
CSCdk33999
“Connections automatically removed, SWERR 532 BAD_LCD_INDEX,SWERR
590 SEND_FAIL”
CSCdk34492
SNMP Agent - Wrong value returned for atmOtherEndptDesc
CSCdk85811
LAN fuse failed on NPM
CSCdk89665
Cannot configure line framing and signalling to NONE on UFM-C
CSCdk93626
Minimum MCR range is different in CLI & strata.mib
CSCdm00711
Hardware watchdog on NPM-32 when SNMP community strings configured
CSCdm08324
BXMs enables a BNIs CRXL statistic
CSCdm27574
Remove and reinsert Tx Fdr Trk cable causes connection failure.
CSCdm27726
CD errors: N. Fatal from 0x17: 0x25010022 0x0 0x22af 0x1 logged on BXM
CSCdm32599
NPM not recognizing traps with BXM ILMI at the cloud
CSCdm41637
Cnfpref buffer too short to load many 10 pref routes
CSCdm43422
Switch software does not dsptrkutl for NTM trunk
CSCdm43783
Swerr 55 occured after loadrev 9.2.1C in graceful upgrades
9.2.38 Version Software Release Notes Cisco WAN Switching System Software
OL-xxxxx-xx
83
Problems Fixed in Release 9.2.20
REVIEW DRAFT—CISCO CONFIDENTIAL
Bug ID
Description
CSCdm44536
Swerr 532 & 55 cause by dcdrtbl on BXM & BNI trunks
CSCdm50232
Swerr 2000 logged on the node when trunk parameter is displayed through
CiscoView
CSCdm50251
BPX: Port Real-Time Counters show incorrect values
CSCdm50372
Axis shelves report LMI failure when do hitless rebuild.
CSCdm51357
Swerr 121 on l3a(IGX)
CSCdm52990
Node experiences repeated abort 3M and 1M3 due to flooding on LMI channel
CSCdm53035
“Non-added trunks, the queue depth value should be changed with the line rate.”
CSCdm53119
Swerr 129 is logged when dspswlog s command is executed on BPX node p6b
CSCdm53126
User ID updates do not stop if all nodes have invalid password for a user
CSCdm53376
Statistical trunk errors are not reported under dsptrkerrs
CSCdm54117
Swerr 9082s were logged at IST node igxr5
CSCdm56012
New versions of enhanced BXM card types need to be sent to SV.
CSCdm57535
Atmportstatmap_Table not getting initialized for
ATM_PORT_STAT_BCM_RX_OFFSET
CSCdm58398
The trunk speed shown for dsptrkstats is incorrect
CSCdm59091
LDM & CVM conns cannot be modified by SV+ after upgrade
CSCdm59267
Additional ATM con subtypes need to be sent to SV+
CSCdm59268
Transaction handler sometimes is very busy on IGX
CSCdm61126
BPX reports incorrect status when burning firmware failed
CSCdm62548
Swerr 2085 occurs during a regression test.
CSCdm63487
Cnftrk does not prompt for Header Type: field
CSCdm63889
BCC reseated and remained in an update stage after BXMMEA upgrade
CSCdm64045
Software errors 886 and 2071 on image upgrade
CSCdm65060
Could not build a UNI IMA Group between IMATM and IGX UXM
CSCdm65089
Continuous PRI Clock loss messages in LOG
CSCdm65104
HDM failed the testcon command if its back card is configured as DTE
CSCdm66452
Tstber in manual mode stops receiving after nearly 1 1/2 hours.
CSCdm67094
Cnfasm is very detached from ASM functionality
CSCdm67130
ABR class of service is delayed from trunks
CSCdm67358
502/589/504/3m/1m3 and standby continuously WDTs
CSCdm68678
IMA virtual trunk configuration display will log swer 633
(LN_CNFG_DSP_OVFLW)
CSCdm69180
Cnftrk on UXM fdr trunk should be blocked if new LCNs are < used lcns
CSCdm69421
Traffic type displayed on cnftrk is not cleaned up correctly.
CSCdm69834
Default service template while upgrading from 9.1x to 9.2x
CSCdm72193
Unable to add UXM trunk
9.2.38 Version Software Release Notes Cisco WAN Switching System Software
84
OL-xxxxx-xx
Problems Fixed in Release 9.2.10
REVIEW DRAFT—CISCO CONFIDENTIAL
Problems Fixed in Release 9.2.10
Following is the list of fixed problems in the 9.2.10 Switch Software release. Included with each is a
brief description of the problem.
Bug ID
Description
CSCdk21358
Front cards do not refresh if back cards are removed.
CSCdk26240
AIS transitions are not counted
CSCdk29716
Three-way PVC on frame relay connections after switchover
CSCdk33721
Swerr 614 is logged while doing a graceful upgrade
CSCdk51121
Dsplnalmcnf does not include trunks alarm configuration
CSCdk51259
slotBackNumPort is valid only for UXM and BXM cards
CSCdk55034
E3 BIP8 alarm error threshold is not triggered at 10E-3
CSCdk65743
Watchdog in VT_1 task (split off from CSCdk63204)
CSCdk69040
Adding cons to full port gives wrong return message
CSCdk77005
IGX16 logged 1000003 w/ SNMP process
CSCdk87933
“During SAR flood testing, some connections were autodelete”
CSCdm02272
BPX went into DEGRADED mode when cmd DSPLOGCD was initiated
CSCdm04372
Wrong atmPortIfType is returned for BXM-T3 card
CSCdm04812
Dspstatsinfo is counting feeder connections
CSCdm14446
No continuity for 3-byte frames routed over a UXM trunk
CSCdm18555
Need to redesign RCMP mismatch algorithm to allow use upgrade/downgrade card.
CSCdm19544
BPX 9.2 dspchstats does not show RX AIS
CSCdm24031
Burning old BXM FW to enhanced card will kill the card.
CSCdm29600
“After non graceful upgrade, swerrs 374, 752, Abort 1000003, can not add conns.”
CSCdm36631
T3 trunk modification generates APS(OC3) traps
CSCdm37694
RtOp ran before ch clean up after 9.1.09 - 9.2.ja gracefully upgraded on UX
CSCdm37802
Swerr 706 in IGX feeder
CSCdm39210
Cnfcdaps causes a discrepancy between card attribute table and LCCB
CSCdm39227
CAC does not function correctly on a UXM port
CSCdm39836
Mib lacks definition for 8 port BNC connector card uaie1
CSCdm39871
MIB variable slotCardBackRev returns EW while it shows in CLI for ARM.
CSCdm40006
Add UXM/BXM VT to dspblkdfuncs and block in mixed NW
CSCdm40707
Swerr 4229 occurred after switchcc on BPX node
CSCdm41274
“Delyred logged swerr 514, 589, 143”
CSCdm41406
CPU usage above threshold message when do switchcc on 12000 conn node.
CSCdm41415
Dsptrkcnf/cnftrk does not show maximum channels for BNI trunks
CSCdm41881
“Swerr 514,589,502 logged on STBY BCC in l5b”
CSCdm42754
“Abort 2M when redundant CC, TFTP stats enabled, and a hitless is done”
9.2.38 Version Software Release Notes Cisco WAN Switching System Software
OL-xxxxx-xx
85
Problems Fixed in Release 9.2.01
REVIEW DRAFT—CISCO CONFIDENTIAL
Bug ID
Description
CSCdm43471
SV+ can not see switch software 9.1.09 IGX-IGX FR Conns
CSCdm44056
APS Annex B switch software modifications
CSCdm44387
Swerr 1433 reported after switchcc
CSCdm44587
Swerr 29 BAD_PORT_NUM is reported on BPX node
CSCdm44973
Cnflnalm display shows alarm information on the wrong line of screen (after
modifying)
CSCdm45274
Unable to configure Max LCNS to 32K on BXM-622-2DX card.
CSCdm45592
2068s and 504s flood log if statistics enabled before and after a hitless rebuild.
CSCdm45812
Block APS switching from standby to active line.
CSCdm45889
Swerrs 509 & 101 in IST n/w
CSCdm46095
Swerror 526 on adding or deleting APS lines
CSCdm46601
Software error 116 (BAD_OBJ_RESP) on statistic queries
CSCdm46790
“Memory leak in TRNS, SWERR 501, ABORT 3M, adaptive voice BW update msg
leak.”
CSCdm47814
Software error 9000 happens when UXM is activated in middle of its self-test
CSCdm48694
Robust card object message does not give Y redundancy information
CSCdm49385
Continuous hitless rebuild in case of abort
CSCdm49988
BXM card mismatch after upgrading from 9.109 to 9.2.01
CSCdm51212
3M Abort on BPX91 in IST n/w
CSCdm54599
UXM-FRM conns do not have continuity after a graceful upgrade (9.1.11->9.2.1K)
CSCdm54814
“549, 886 and 2071 occur on a rebuild, 928 on upping line”
Problems Fixed in Release 9.2.01
Following is the list of fixed problems in the 9.2.01 Switch Software release. Included with each is a
brief description of the problem.
Bug ID
Description
CSCdj15839
False power supply over voltage or under voltage alarms reported
CSCdj31366
Clrcnf command to have explicit double warning message.
CSCdk21503
Swerr 921 on node n1a in 9.1 SLT n/w
CSCdk28204
Swerr 526 happened after switchcc on sw79
CSCdk29850
protocol_type column in frp table returns wrong number for IPX switch problem.
CSCdk32046
Cnfclnsigparm option 9 should not apply to FRM/FRP/UFM-C lines
CSCdk40766
Multiple upgrade/downgrade messages sent by switch software cause modem
upgrade failure.
CSCdk47079
SW ERR 1000003 while running dth
CSCdk52672
Added PVCs after switchcc is auto-deleted.
9.2.38 Version Software Release Notes Cisco WAN Switching System Software
86
OL-xxxxx-xx
Problems Fixed in Release 9.2.01
REVIEW DRAFT—CISCO CONFIDENTIAL
Bug ID
Description
CSCdk56688
Hipri error message problem
CSCdk69440
IGX running swsw 9.1.04 has dspprf IDLE at 30% when adding UVM cards
CSCdk69498
Incorrect A-bit status in FR NNI link
CSCdk72199
IMA trunk load db not updating after trunk failure
CSCdk74438
Addcon does not work with job (job does not take 8/8 options)
CSCdk82927
Slow TCP / Telnet response & disconnects on LAN pt after upgrade to NPM64
CSCdk83511
Correlation tag not checked at BPX Port
CSCdk87005
Avoid satellite *s needs extra parameters with an addcon
CSCdk91395
Vague error message when attempting to reconfigure remote PCR > T1/E1 port
speed
CSCdk92892
The FTMs bandwidth is not configured when a FAX session is complete
CSCdm05373
Incorrect UVM channel configuration used
CSCdm07825
2065 caused when enabling invalid statistics configuration (fix is known)
CSCdm10020
Shelf alarm is unreachable on BPX (9.1) with IGX feeder graceful upgrade 9.1.08-9.
CSCdm13012
Can upped 31 vtrk and 1 port on a BXM. Card reported missing after down
CSCdm15043
Dangling LCNs might happen under some conditions.
CSCdm16904
“SWSW repeatedly reprograms same connections, nonstop in a loop, on UXM”
CSCdm17109
Software error 526 (NEG_FILL_REQ) occurred on IGX node
CSCdm20480
Card shows standby while cons are in the card
CSCdm20716
“Switchcc causes swerr 331 if on1 16, some reroutes if any VPC cons”
CSCdm22316
VSI feeder endpoint connections traffic are not mapping the vpi/vci correctly.
CSCdm23206
Cnfcon faces problem in accepting TCRR value through command line.
CSCdm23489
Swerr 514 is logged on bpx01 in upgrades testing
CSCdm23669
“921s filled software error log, appears to be related to a trunk deletion.”
CSCdm24282
LM3 caused by cnfch command
CSCdm25268
LMI is still in loop on bpx/axis after upgrade
CSCdm25595
Dspcons shows PVCs but dspcon does not on BPX
CSCdm26897
Free the memory for IP relay message.
CSCdm27681
Y-red UXM/IMA back cards came up as mismatch after a graceful upgrade
9.1.09-9.2.0N
CSCdm28561
“4225,614,534,612, 4208, 3058 logged on switchover, stolen log end is root cause.”
CSCdm28721
Swerr 532 in l5b
CSCdm29043
Potential for card errors with add_cd_red_cons() function.
CSCdm29706
Ports cannot configure HCF shift on/off w/out deleting connections
CSCdm30018
Trunk Cell routing restriction is not prompted any more for ATM conn.
CSCdm30262
Incorrect logic for VTs in g_ima_grp_member()
CSCdm30359
Failed to add daxcon path connection due to incorrect VPI checking.
CSCdm30608
Software error 55 after addalmslot 16
9.2.38 Version Software Release Notes Cisco WAN Switching System Software
OL-xxxxx-xx
87
Additional Deliverables
REVIEW DRAFT—CISCO CONFIDENTIAL
Bug ID
Description
CSCdm31674
Yellow alarm line conditioning for T1 lines
CSCdm32384
Node rebuild on BPX caused comm fail.
CSCdm33967
After upgrade 9.1.09 to 9.2.00 trunks went comm. failure and then OK
CSCdm34282
Dbs_Pre_9110 not initialized properly in Root()
Additional Deliverables
SNMP MIB
The SNMP IGX/BPX switch SNMP MIB is being provided with the delivery of Release 9.2.38 Switch
Software. The MIB is in standard ASN.1 format and is located in the ASCII text files agent.m, ilmi.m,
ilmi_ctl.m, ilmiaddr.m, switch.m, swtraps.m, and errors.m which are included in the same directory as
the Switch Software images. These files may be compiled with most standards-based MIB compilers.
Switch MIB changes of Release 9.2
The following Switch MIB changes were introduced since Release 9.2.00. The changes include Obsolete
objects, Modified objects, and New objects:
switchIfTable
New objects:
switchIfCtrlVPI
switchIfCtrlVCIStart
Modified objects:
switchIfEntry
switchIfScTmpltId
atmPortTable:
New objects:
atmPortHcfShift
Modified objects:
atmPortEntry
atmPortMetro
atmPortQueueTable:
Modified objects:
atmPortQueueType
9.2.38 Version Software Release Notes Cisco WAN Switching System Software
88
OL-xxxxx-xx
Additional Deliverables
REVIEW DRAFT—CISCO CONFIDENTIAL
atmPortQueueDepth
connTable:
Modified objects:
connCurrRouteDesc
connPrefRouteDesc
atmEndptTable:
Modified objects:
atmEndptDesc
atmOtherEndptDesc
atmEndptSubType
atmEndptMCR
atmBwClassTable:
Modified objects:
atmBwClassConType
The following objects are associated with the switchShelf configuration branch.
New objects:
shelfCnfgFBTC
shelfCnfgSerialLeadTypeIndex
shelfCnfgSerialLeadMonitorTimer
shelfCnfgSystemTime
shelfSlotInfoTable:
Modified objects:
slotBackType
slotFrontNumPort
slotBackSonetMode
slotCardMinBusUBU
sonetIfTable:
Modified objects:
sonetIfType
sonetStatsTable:
New objects:
sonetStatsYelTcs
sonetStatsAisTcs
sonetStatsLocs
sonetStatsLops
9.2.38 Version Software Release Notes Cisco WAN Switching System Software
OL-xxxxx-xx
89
Additional Deliverables
REVIEW DRAFT—CISCO CONFIDENTIAL
sonetStatsPthAis
sonetStatsPthYels
sonetStatsSecBip8s
sonetStatsLnBip24s
sonetStatsLnFebes
sonetStatsPthBip8s
sonetStatsPthFebes
sonetStatsSecBip8Es
sonetStatsLnBip24Es
sonetStatsLnFebeEs
sonetStatsPthBip8Es
sonetStatsPthFebeEs
sonetStatsSecBip8Ses
sonetStatsSecSefs
sonetStatsLnBip24Ses
sonetStatsLnFebeSes
sonetStatsPthBip8Ses
sonetStatsPthFebeSes
sonetStatsLnUas
sonetStatsLnFarendUas
sonetStatsPthUas
sonetStatsPthFarendUas
sonetStatsHcsCrtblErrEs
Modified objects:
sonetStatsEntry
atmTrunks table:
Modified objects:
atmTrkType
atmTrkTrafCls
rsrcPartiTable:
New objects:
rsrcPartiVsiIlmiEnable
Modified objects:
rsrcPartiEntry
rsrcPartiVsiVpiEnd
serialPortTable:
New objects:
serialPortLeadState
Modified objects:
SerialPortEntry
serialPortLeadState
9.2.38 Version Software Release Notes Cisco WAN Switching System Software
90
OL-xxxxx-xx
Default Values
REVIEW DRAFT—CISCO CONFIDENTIAL
Default Values
BPX 8600 Nodes
The default values for BXM and Enhanced-BXM cards are the same.
hugo
TN
StrataCom
BPX 8620
9.2.38
Feb. 7 2001
16:19 GMT
System-Wide Parameters
1 Max Time Stamped Packet Age (msec) ................................
2 Allow CPU Starvation of Fail Handler ..............................
3 Max Network Delay for 'v' connections (msec).......................
4 Max Network Delay for 'c' connections (msec).......................
5 Max Network Delay for 't' & 'p' connections (msec).................
6 Max Network Delay for 'a' connections (msec).......................
7 Max Network Delay for High Speed Data connections (msec)...........
8 Max Network Delay for CDP-CDP 'v' connections (msec)...............
9 Max Network Delay for CDP-CDP 'c' connections (msec)...............
10 Max Network Delay for CDP-CDP 't' & 'p' connections (msec).........
11 Max Network Delay for CDP-CDP 'a' connections (msec)............... 64
12 Max Network Delay for CDP-CDP High Speed Data connections (msec)...
13 Enable Discard Eligibility.........................................
14 Use Frame Relay Standard Parameters Bc and Be......................
15 Max Local Delay for Interdom CDP-CDP 'v' conns (msec)..............
16 Max Local Delay for Interdom CDP-CDP 'c' conns (msec)..............
17 Max Local Delay for Interdom CDP-CDP 't' & 'p' conns (msec)........
18 Max Local Delay for Interdom CDP-CDP 'a' conns (msec)..............
19 Max Local Delay for Interdom CDP-CDP High Speed Data conns (msec)..
20 Max Local Delay for Interdom High Speed Data conns (msec)..........
21 FastPAD Jitter Buffer Size (msec).................................
22 Number of Consecutive Invalid Login Attempts to Cause Major Alarm . 0
23 Enable Connection Deroute Delay feature............................
24 Interval Statistics polling rate for ATM VCs.......................
25 Interval Statistics polling rate for ports on IPX/IGX 8400 nodes...
32
No
14
27
14
27
32
64
64
64
64
No
No
27
27
27
27
27
28
15
No
5
5
This Command: cnfsysparm
hugo
TN
StrataCom
BPX 8620
9.2.38
Feb. 7 2001
16:20 GMT
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
Update Initial Delay
Update Per-Node Delay
Comm-Break Test Delay
Comm-Break Test Offset
Network Timeout Period
Network Inter-p Period
NW Sliding Window Size
Num Normal Timeouts
Num Inter-p Timeouts
Num Satellite Timeouts
Num Blind Timeouts
Num CB Msg Timeouts
Comm Fail Interval
Comm Fail Multiplier
CC Redundancy Cnfged
[ 5000]
[30000]
[30000]
[
10]
[ 1700]
[ 4000]
[
1]
[
7]
[
3]
[
6]
[
4]
[
5]
[10000]
[
3]
[
Y]
(D)
(D)
(D)
(D)
(D)
(D)
(D)
(D)
(D)
(D)
(D)
(D)
(D)
(D)
(Y/N)
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
Stats Memory (x 100KB)
Standby Update Timer
Stby Updts Per Pass
Gateway ID Timer
GLCON Alloc Timer
Comm Fail Delay
Nw Hdlr Timer (msec)
SAR CC Transmit Rate
SAR High Transmit Rate
SAR Low Transmit Rate
SAR VRAM Cngestn Limit
SAR VRAM Cell Discard
ASM Card Cnfged
TFTP Grant Delay (sec)
TFTP ACK Timeout (sec)
[ 132] (D)
[
10] (D)
[
50] (D)
[
30] (D)
[
30] (D)
[
60] (D)
[
50] (D)
[ 560] (D)
[ 280] (D)
[
56] (D)
[ 7680] (D)
[ 256] (D)
[
Y] (Y/N)
[
1] (D)
[
10] (D)
31
32
33
34
TFTP Write Retries
SNMP Event logging
Job Lock Timeout
Max Via LCONs
[
3]
[
Y]
[
60]
[50000]
(D)
(Y/N)
(D)
(D)
46
47
48
49
Max Htls Rebuild Count [ 100] (D)
Htls Counter Reset Time[ 1000] (D)
Send Abit early
[
N] (Y/N)
Abit Tmr Multiplier M [
0] (D)
9.2.38 Version Software Release Notes Cisco WAN Switching System Software
OL-xxxxx-xx
91
Default Values
REVIEW DRAFT—CISCO CONFIDENTIAL
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
Max Blind Segment Size
Max XmtMemBlks per NIB
Max Mem on Stby Q (%)
Stat Config Proc Cnt
Stat Config Proc Delay
Enable Degraded Mode
Trk Cell Rtng Restrict
Enable Feeder Alert
Reroute on Comm Fail
Auto Switch on Degrade
Max Degraded Aborts
[
[
[
[
[
[
[
[
[
[
[
3570]
3000]
33]
1000]
2000]
Y]
Y]
N]
N]
Y]
100]
(D)
50 Abit Tmr Granularity N [
(D)
51 FBTC with PPDPolicing [
(D)
(D)
(D)
(Y/N)
(Y/N)
(Y/N)
(Y/N)
(Y/N)
(D)
3] (D)
N] (Y/N)
This Command: cnfnodeparm
hugo
TN
StrataCom
BPX 8620
9.2.38
Feb. 7 2001
16:20 GMT
Index Status
Function
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Automatic TRK Loopback Test on Local/Remote Alarms
User Command Logging
Automatic Card Reset on Hardware Error
Card Error Record Wraparound
Card Test After Failure
Download From Remote Cisco StrataView Plus
Logging of conn events in local event log
Logging of conn events in Cisco StrataView Plus event log
Force Download From a Specific IP address
Enabled
Enabled
Enabled
Enabled
Disabled
Disabled
Disabled
Disabled
Disabled
This Command: cnffunc
hugo
TN
StrataCom
BPX 8620
9.2.38
Index Status
Function
1
2
3
4
5
Configuration Save/Restore
ForeSight
Multiple VTs (1 session enabled)
Virtual Trunks
ABR standard with VSVD
Disabled
Enabled
Disabled
Disabled
Enabled
Feb. 7 2001
16:20 GMT
Feb. 7 2001
16:20 GMT
This Command: cnfswfunc
hugo
TN
Card
Test
Type
Freq
-------BCC
1600
ASM
300
BNI-T3
300
BNI-E3
300
ASI-E3
900
ASI-T3
900
ASI-155
900
BNI-155
300
BXM
4000
StrataCom
BPX 8620
9.2.38
- - - - - - Self Test - - - - - - Enable
Inc
Thresh Timeout
-------- ------- ------- ------Enabled
100
300
800
Disabled
100
300
60
Enabled
100
300
150
Enabled
100
300
150
Enabled
100
300
800
Enabled
100
300
800
Enabled
100
300
800
Enabled
100
300
150
Enabled
100
300
3000
- - Background Test - - Enable
Inc
Thresh
-------- ------- ------N/A
100
300
N/A
100
300
N/A
100
300
N/A
100
300
Enabled
100
300
Enabled
100
300
Enabled
100
300
N/A
100
300
Enabled
100
300
This Command: cnftstparm
hugo
TN
StrataCom
BPX 8620
9.2.38
Feb. 7 2001
16:20 GMT
9.2.38 Version Software Release Notes Cisco WAN Switching System Software
92
OL-xxxxx-xx
Default Values
REVIEW DRAFT—CISCO CONFIDENTIAL
1 Normalization Interval
[
2]
2 Max Number To Normalize
[
5]
3 Normalization Logging
[
No]
4 Settling Interval
[
4]
5 Minimum Open Space
[ 1000]
6 Normalization Priority
[ Load]
7 Load Sample Period
[
4]
8 Maximum Routing Bundle
[
90]
9 Reroute Timer
[
0]
10 Reset Timer on Line Fail [ Yes]
11 Max Down/Up Per Pass
[
50]
12 Down/Up Timer
[30000]
13 Max Route Errs per cycle [
50]
14 Time between Rrt cycles
[
5]
15 Max. Rrt Err cycles
[ 10] (D)
16 Routing pause timer
[
0]
17 Max msgs sent per update [
10]
18 Send SVC urgent msg
[
No]
19 Max SVC Retry
[
0]
20 Wait for TBL Updates
[
70]
21 Max Derouting Bndl (0=all)[ 500]
22 Enable Cost-Based Routing [
No]
23 Enable Route Cache Usage [
No]
24 Use Delay for Routing
[
No]
25 # of reroute groups used [
50]
26 Starting size of RR grps [
0]
27 Increment between RR grps [ 100]
This Command: cnfcmparm
hugo
TN
StrataCom
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
Rmt Blk Freq (msec)
Rmt Blk Size (hex)
Lcl Blk Freq (msec)
Lcl Blk Size (hex)
Image Req Freq (msec)
Dnld Req Freq (msec)
Session Timeout (msec)
Request Hop Limit (dec)
Crc Throttle Freq (dec)
Crc Block Size (hex)
Rev Change Wait(dec)
CCs Switch Wait(dec)
Lcl Response TO(msec)
Rmt Response TO(msec)
FW Dnld Block TO(msec)
(D)
(D)
(D)
(D)
(D)
(D)
(secs)
(D)
(msecs)
(D)
(mins)
(msecs)
(D)
(D)
(100 msecs)
(D)
(D)
(CLU)
(CLU)
BPX 8620
[
[
[
[
[
[
[
[
[
[
[
[
[
[
[
100]
400]
100]
400]
10000]
10000]
30000]
1]
5000]
400]
0]
1000]
5000]
20000]
50]
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
9.2.38
Feb. 7 2001
FW Dnld Msgs/Block(dec)
Flash Write TO(msec)
Flash Erase TO(msec)
Erase Verify TO(msec)
Standby Flash TO(sec)
Lcl Flash Init TO(msec)
Flsh Write Blk Sz (hex)
Flsh Verfy Blk Sz (hex)
Chips Per Write/Erase
16:21 GMT
[
[
[
[
[
[
[
[
[
4]
16000]
100]
16000]
300]
1000]
10000]
400]
1]
This Command: cnfdlparm
hugo
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
TN
StrataCom
Logout Time ...........
VT Logout Time ........
Prompt Time ...........
Command Time ..........
UID Privilege Level ...
Input Character Echo ..
Screen Update Time ....
BPX 8620
9.2.38
Feb. 7 2001
16:21 GMT
20 minutes
4 minutes
60 seconds
3 minutes
6
Enabled
10 seconds
This Command: cnfuiparm
9.2.38 Version Software Release Notes Cisco WAN Switching System Software
OL-xxxxx-xx
93
Default Values
REVIEW DRAFT—CISCO CONFIDENTIAL
hugo
TN
StrataCom
Function
Number
Background Upcard
1
Background Updates
2
Standby Terminal
3
Memory Protection
4
Comm Break
5
Comm Fail Test
6
CRC Test
7
Bus Fail Detection
8
Line Diag
9
Clock Restoral
10
Cm_Rerouting
11
Clock Routing
12
Dynamic BW Allocation 13
Modem Polling
14
BPX 8620
Status
Enabled
Disabled
Enabled
Enabled
Enabled
Enabled
Enabled
Enabled
Enabled
Enabled
Enabled
Enabled
Enabled
Enabled
9.2.38
Feb. 7 2001
16:21 GMT
Function
Number
Conn Stat Sampling
15
Neighbor Update Errs 16
Status
Enabled
Disabled
This Command: on1
hugo
TN
StrataCom
Function
Number
Line Stat Sampling
1
Statistical Alarm
2
Job Ready Checker
3
Configuration Backup 4
Standby Update
5
Downloader
6
Cm Updates
7
Topo/Stat Updates
8
Card Statistical Alms 9
Card Stat Sampling
10
Address Validation
11
ASM Stats Polling
12
Port Stat Sampling
13
Robust Updates
14
BPX 8620
Status
Enabled
Enabled
Enabled
Enabled
Enabled
Enabled
Enabled
Enabled
Enabled
Enabled
Enabled
Enabled
Enabled
Enabled
9.2.38
Feb. 7 2001
16:21 GMT
Function
Number
Robust Alarm Updates 15
Realtime Counters
16
LAN Interface
17
Update Standby Stats 18
Telnet Access
19
Junction ID
20
Mult SV+/Routing Node 21
Simulated Fdr Trks
22
Deroute Delay
23
Auto Renum Fail Recov 24
Card Simulation Tool 25
Status
Enabled
Enabled
Enabled
Enabled
Enabled
Enabled
Disabled
Disabled
Enabled
Enabled
Disabled
This Command: on2
hugo
TN
StrataCom
Function
Number
Region memory init
1
Trace Msg Sent
2
Multi-DB Stby Updates 3
Trace Conv Msg
4
BPX 8620
9.2.38
Feb. 7 2001
16:21 GMT
9.2.38
Feb. 7 2001
16:22 GMT
Status
Disabled
Disabled
Enabled
Disabled
This Command: on3
BNI-T3
hugo
TN
StrataCom
TRK 3.1 Config
T3
Transmit Rate:
Protocol By The Card:
VC Shaping:
Hdr Type NNI:
Statistical Reserve:
BPX 8620
[96000 cps]
96000
---1000
cps
BNI-T3 slot: 3
VPC Conns disabled:
Line framing:
coding:
recv impedance:
cable type:
-PLCP
---
9.2.38 Version Software Release Notes Cisco WAN Switching System Software
94
OL-xxxxx-xx
Default Values
REVIEW DRAFT—CISCO CONFIDENTIAL
Idle code:
7F hex
Connection Channels:
1771
Traffic:V,TS,NTS,FR,FST,CBR,N&RT-VBR,ABR
SVC Vpi Min:
-SVC Channels:
0
SVC Bandwidth:
0
cps
Restrict CC traffic:
No
Link type:
Terrestrial
Routing Cost:
10
length:
Pass sync:
Loop clock:
HCS Masking:
Payload Scramble:
Frame Scramble:
Virtual Trunk Type:
Virtual Trunk VPI:
Deroute delay time:
0-225 ft.
No
No
Yes
No
---0 seconds
9.2.38
16:22 GMT
Last Command: dsptrkcnf 3.1
hugo
TN
StrataCom
TRK 3.1 Parameters
1 Q Depth - rt-VBR
2 Q Depth - Non-TS
3 Q Depth - TS
4 Q Depth - BData A
5 Q Depth - BData B
6 Q Depth - High Pri
7 Max Age - rt-VBR
8 Red Alm - I/O (Dec)
9 Yel Alm - I/O (Dec)
10 Low CLP - BData A
11 High CLP - BData A
12 Low CLP - BData B
13 High CLP - BData B
14 EFCN
- BData B
[
[
[
[
[
[
[
[
[
[
[
[
[
[
BPX 8620
242] (Dec)
15
360] (Dec)
16
1000] (Dec)
17
1000] (Dec)
18
8000] (Dec)
19
1000] (Dec)
20
20] (Dec)
21
2500 / 15000]22
2500 / 15000]23
100] (%)
24
100] (%)
25
25] (%)
75] (%)
30] (Dec)
Feb. 7 2001
Q Depth
- CBR
Q Depth
- nrt-VBR
Q Depth
- ABR
Low CLP - CBR
High CLP - CBR
Low CLP - nrt-VBR
High CLP - nrt-VBR
Low CLP/EPD-ABR
High CLP - ABR
EFCN
- ABR
SVC Queue Pool Size
[
[
[
[
[
[
[
[
[
[
[
600] (Dec)
1000] (Dec)
8878] (Dec)
100] (%)
100] (%)
100] (%)
100] (%)
60] (%)
80] (%)
30] (%)
0] (Dec)
This Command: cnftrkparm 3.1
BNI-E3
hugo
TN
StrataCom
BPX 8620
TRK 4.1 Config
E3
[80000 cps]
Transmit Rate:
80000
Protocol By The Card: -VC Shaping:
-Hdr Type NNI:
-Statistical Reserve:
1000
cps
Idle code:
7F hex
Connection Channels:
1771
Traffic:V,TS,NTS,FR,FST,CBR,N&RT-VBR,ABR
SVC Vpi Min:
-SVC Channels:
0
SVC Bandwidth:
0
cps
Restrict CC traffic:
No
Link type:
Terrestrial
Routing Cost:
10
9.2.38
Feb. 7 2001
BNI-E3 slot: 4
VPC Conns disabled:
Line framing:
coding:
recv impedance:
cable type:
length:
Pass sync:
Loop clock:
HCS Masking:
Payload Scramble:
Frame Scramble:
Virtual Trunk Type:
Virtual Trunk VPI:
Deroute delay time:
16:22 GMT
----0-225 ft.
No
No
Yes
Yes
---0 seconds
Last Command: dsptrkcnf 4.1
hugo
TN
StrataCom
TRK 4.1 Parameters
1 Q Depth - rt-VBR
2 Q Depth - Non-TS
3 Q Depth - TS
4 Q Depth - BData A
BPX 8620
[ 202] (Dec)
[ 300] (Dec)
[ 1000] (Dec)
[ 1000] (Dec)
15
16
17
18
9.2.38
Feb. 7 2001
Q Depth
Q Depth
Q Depth
Low CLP
-
CBR
nrt-VBR
ABR
CBR
16:22 GMT
[ 600] (Dec)
[ 1000] (Dec)
[ 8978] (Dec)
[ 100] (%)
9.2.38 Version Software Release Notes Cisco WAN Switching System Software
OL-xxxxx-xx
95
Default Values
REVIEW DRAFT—CISCO CONFIDENTIAL
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
Q Depth - BData B
Q Depth - High Pri
Max Age - rt-VBR
Red Alm - I/O (Dec)
Yel Alm - I/O (Dec)
Low CLP - BData A
High CLP - BData A
Low CLP - BData B
High CLP - BData B
EFCN
- BData B
[
[
[
[
[
[
[
[
[
[
8000] (Dec)
19
1000] (Dec)
20
20] (Dec)
21
2500 / 15000]22
2500 / 15000]23
100] (%)
24
100] (%)
25
25] (%)
75] (%)
30] (Dec)
High CLP - CBR
Low CLP - nrt-VBR
High CLP - nrt-VBR
Low CLP/EPD-ABR
High CLP - ABR
EFCN
- ABR
SVC Queue Pool Size
[ 100] (%)
[ 100] (%)
[ 100] (%)
[ 60] (%)
[ 80] (%)
[ 30] (%)
[
0] (Dec)
This Command: cnftrkparm 4.1
BXM-T3
hugo
TN
StrataCom
BPX 8620
TRK 5.1 Config
T3
[96000 cps]
Transmit Rate:
96000
Protocol By The Card: No
VC Shaping:
No
Hdr Type NNI:
Yes
Statistical Reserve:
1000
cps
Idle code:
7F hex
Connection Channels:
256
Traffic:V,TS,NTS,FR,FST,CBR,N&RT-VBR,ABR
SVC Vpi Min:
0
SVC Channels:
0
SVC Bandwidth:
0
cps
Restrict CC traffic:
No
Link type:
Terrestrial
Routing Cost:
10
9.2.38
Feb. 7 2001
16:22 GMT
BXM slot:
5
VPC Conns disabled:
Line framing:
coding:
recv impedance:
cable type:
length:
Pass sync:
Loop clock:
HCS Masking:
Payload Scramble:
Frame Scramble:
Virtual Trunk Type:
Virtual Trunk VPI:
Deroute delay time:
No
PLCP
---0-225 ft.
No
No
Yes
No
---0 seconds
9.2.38
16:22 GMT
Last Command: dsptrkcnf 5.1
hugo
TN
StrataCom
TRK 5.1 Parameters
1 Q Depth - rt-VBR
2 Q Depth - Non-TS
3 Q Depth - TS
4 Q Depth - BData A
5 Q Depth - BData B
6 Q Depth - High Pri
7 Max Age - rt-VBR
8 Red Alm - I/O (Dec)
9 Yel Alm - I/O (Dec)
10 Low CLP - BData A
11 High CLP - BData A
12 Low CLP - BData B
13 High CLP - BData B
14 EFCN
- BData B
[
[
[
[
[
[
[
[
[
[
[
[
[
[
BPX 8620
242] (Dec)
15
360] (Dec)
16
1000] (Dec)
17
8000] (Dec)
18
8000] (Dec)
19
1000] (Dec)
20
20] (Dec)
21
2500 / 15000]22
2500 / 15000]23
100] (%)
24
100] (%)
25
25] (%)
75] (%)
30] (Dec)
Feb. 7 2001
Q Depth
- CBR
Q Depth
- nrt-VBR
Q Depth
- ABR
Low CLP - CBR
High CLP - CBR
Low CLP - nrt-VBR
High CLP - nrt-VBR
Low CLP/EPD-ABR
High CLP - ABR
EFCN
- ABR
SVC Queue Pool Size
[ 400] (Dec)
[ 5000] (Dec)
[10000] (Dec)
[ 60] (%)
[ 80] (%)
[ 60] (%)
[ 80] (%)
[ 60] (%)
[ 80] (%)
[ 20] (%)
[
0] (Dec)
This Command: cnftrkparm 5.1
BXM-OC12
hugo
TN
TRK 6.1 Config
Transmit Rate:
StrataCom
BPX 8620
OC12
[1412679cps]
1412830
9.2.38
Feb. 7 2001
BXM slot:
6
VPC Conns disabled:
16:22 GMT
No
9.2.38 Version Software Release Notes Cisco WAN Switching System Software
96
OL-xxxxx-xx
Default Values
REVIEW DRAFT—CISCO CONFIDENTIAL
Protocol By The Card: No
VC Shaping:
No
Hdr Type NNI:
Yes
Statistical Reserve:
1000
cps
Idle code:
7F hex
Connection Channels:
256
Traffic:V,TS,NTS,FR,FST,CBR,N&RT-VBR,ABR
SVC Vpi Min:
0
SVC Channels:
0
SVC Bandwidth:
0
cps
Restrict CC traffic:
No
Link type:
Terrestrial
Routing Cost:
10
Line framing:
coding:
recv impedance:
cable type:
length:
Pass sync:
Loop clock:
HCS Masking:
Payload Scramble:
Frame Scramble:
Virtual Trunk Type:
Virtual Trunk VPI:
Deroute delay time:
STS-12C
----No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
--0 seconds
9.2.38
16:23 GMT
Last Command: dsptrkcnf 6.1
hugo
TN
StrataCom
TRK 6.1 Parameters
1 Q Depth - rt-VBR
2 Q Depth - Non-TS
3 Q Depth - TS
4 Q Depth - BData A
5 Q Depth - BData B
6 Q Depth - High Pri
7 Max Age - rt-VBR
8 Red Alm - I/O (Dec)
9 Yel Alm - I/O (Dec)
10 Low CLP - BData A
11 High CLP - BData A
12 Low CLP - BData B
13 High CLP - BData B
14 EFCN
- BData B
BPX 8620
[ 3533] (Dec)
15
[ 5297] (Dec)
16
[ 1000] (Dec)
17
[40000] (Dec)
18
[40000] (Dec)
19
[ 1000] (Dec)
20
[
20] (Dec)
21
[ 2500 / 10000]22
[ 2500 / 10000]23
[ 100] (%)
24
[ 100] (%)
25
[ 25] (%)
[ 75] (%)
[ 30] (Dec)
Feb. 7 2001
Q Depth
- CBR
Q Depth
- nrt-VBR
Q Depth
- ABR
Low CLP - CBR
High CLP - CBR
Low CLP - nrt-VBR
High CLP - nrt-VBR
Low CLP/EPD-ABR
High CLP - ABR
EFCN
- ABR
SVC Queue Pool Size
[ 1200] (Dec)
[10000] (Dec)
[40000] (Dec)
[ 60] (%)
[ 80] (%)
[ 60] (%)
[ 80] (%)
[ 60] (%)
[ 80] (%)
[ 20] (%)
[
0] (Dec)
This Command: cnftrkparm 6.1
BNI-155-OCS
hugo
TN
StrataCom
BPX 8620
TRK 11.1 Config
OC3
[353207cps]
Transmit Rate:
353208
Protocol By The Card: -VC Shaping:
-Hdr Type NNI:
-Statistical Reserve:
1000
cps
Idle code:
7F hex
Connection Channels:
16050
Traffic:V,TS,NTS,FR,FST,CBR,N&RT-VBR,ABR
SVC Vpi Min:
-SVC Channels:
0
SVC Bandwidth:
0
cps
Restrict CC traffic:
No
Link type:
Terrestrial
Routing Cost:
10
9.2.38
Feb. 7 2001
16:23 GMT
BNI-155 slot: 11
VPC Conns disabled:
Line framing:
coding:
recv impedance:
cable type:
length:
Pass sync:
Loop clock:
HCS Masking:
Payload Scramble:
Frame Scramble:
Virtual Trunk Type:
Virtual Trunk VPI:
Deroute delay time:
-STS-3C
----No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
--0 seconds
9.2.38
16:23 GMT
Last Command: dsptrkcnf 11.1
hugo
TN
StrataCom
BPX 8620
Feb. 7 2001
9.2.38 Version Software Release Notes Cisco WAN Switching System Software
OL-xxxxx-xx
97
Default Values
REVIEW DRAFT—CISCO CONFIDENTIAL
TRK 11.1 Parameters
1 Q Depth - rt-VBR
2 Q Depth - Non-TS
3 Q Depth - TS
4 Q Depth - BData A
5 Q Depth - BData B
6 Q Depth - High Pri
7 Max Age - rt-VBR
8 Red Alm - I/O (Dec)
9 Yel Alm - I/O (Dec)
10 Low CLP - BData A
11 High CLP - BData A
12 Low CLP - BData B
13 High CLP - BData B
14 EFCN
- BData B
[
[
[
[
[
[
[
[
[
[
[
[
[
[
885] (Dec)
15
1324] (Dec)
16
1000] (Dec)
17
1000] (Dec)
18
8000] (Dec)
19
1000] (Dec)
20
20] (Dec)
21
2500 / 10000]22
2500 / 10000]23
100] (%)
24
100] (%)
25
25] (%)
75] (%)
30] (Dec)
Q Depth
- CBR
Q Depth
- nrt-VBR
Q Depth
- ABR
Low CLP - CBR
High CLP - CBR
Low CLP - nrt-VBR
High CLP - nrt-VBR
Low CLP/EPD-ABR
High CLP - ABR
EFCN
- ABR
SVC Queue Pool Size
[ 600] (Dec)
[ 1000] (Dec)
[15463] (Dec)
[ 100] (%)
[ 100] (%)
[ 100] (%)
[ 100] (%)
[ 60] (%)
[ 80] (%)
[ 30] (%)
[
0] (Dec)
This Command: cnftrkparm 11.1
BXM-E3
hugo
TN
StrataCom
BPX 8620
TRK 12.1 Config
E3
[80000 cps]
Transmit Rate:
80000
Protocol By The Card: No
VC Shaping:
No
Hdr Type NNI:
Yes
Statistical Reserve:
1000
cps
Idle code:
7F hex
Connection Channels:
256
Traffic:V,TS,NTS,FR,FST,CBR,N&RT-VBR,ABR
SVC Vpi Min:
0
SVC Channels:
0
SVC Bandwidth:
0
cps
Restrict CC traffic:
No
Link type:
Terrestrial
Routing Cost:
10
9.2.38
Feb. 7 2001
16:23 GMT
BXM slot:
12
VPC Conns disabled:
Line framing:
coding:
recv impedance:
cable type:
length:
Pass sync:
Loop clock:
HCS Masking:
Payload Scramble:
Frame Scramble:
Virtual Trunk Type:
Virtual Trunk VPI:
Deroute delay time:
No
----0-225 ft.
No
No
Yes
Yes
---0 seconds
9.2.38
16:23 GMT
Last Command: dsptrkcnf 12.1
hugo
TN
StrataCom
TRK 12.1 Parameters
1 Q Depth - rt-VBR
2 Q Depth - Non-TS
3 Q Depth - TS
4 Q Depth - BData A
5 Q Depth - BData B
6 Q Depth - High Pri
7 Max Age - rt-VBR
8 Red Alm - I/O (Dec)
9 Yel Alm - I/O (Dec)
10 Low CLP - BData A
11 High CLP - BData A
12 Low CLP - BData B
13 High CLP - BData B
14 EFCN
- BData B
[
[
[
[
[
[
[
[
[
[
[
[
[
[
BPX 8620
202] (Dec)
15
300] (Dec)
16
1000] (Dec)
17
8000] (Dec)
18
8000] (Dec)
19
1000] (Dec)
20
20] (Dec)
21
2500 / 15000]22
2500 / 15000]23
100] (%)
24
100] (%)
25
25] (%)
75] (%)
30] (Dec)
Feb. 7 2001
Q Depth
- CBR
Q Depth
- nrt-VBR
Q Depth
- ABR
Low CLP - CBR
High CLP - CBR
Low CLP - nrt-VBR
High CLP - nrt-VBR
Low CLP/EPD-ABR
High CLP - ABR
EFCN
- ABR
SVC Queue Pool Size
[ 400] (Dec)
[ 5000] (Dec)
[10000] (Dec)
[ 60] (%)
[ 80] (%)
[ 60] (%)
[ 80] (%)
[ 60] (%)
[ 80] (%)
[ 20] (%)
[
0] (Dec)
This Command: cnftrkparm 12.1
9.2.38 Version Software Release Notes Cisco WAN Switching System Software
98
OL-xxxxx-xx
Default Values
REVIEW DRAFT—CISCO CONFIDENTIAL
IGX 8400 Nodes
mulder
TN
StrataCom
IGX 8420
9.2.38
Feb. 7 2001
16:56 GMT
System-Wide Parameters
1 Max Time Stamped Packet Age (msec) ................................
2 Allow CPU Starvation of Fail Handler ..............................
3 Max Network Delay for 'v' connections (msec).......................
4 Max Network Delay for 'c' connections (msec).......................
5 Max Network Delay for 't' & 'p' connections (msec).................
6 Max Network Delay for 'a' connections (msec).......................
7 Max Network Delay for High Speed Data connections (msec)...........
8 Max Network Delay for CDP-CDP 'v' connections (msec)...............
9 Max Network Delay for CDP-CDP 'c' connections (msec)...............
10 Max Network Delay for CDP-CDP 't' & 'p' connections (msec).........
11 Max Network Delay for CDP-CDP 'a' connections (msec).............. 64
12 Max Network Delay for CDP-CDP High Speed Data connections (msec)...
13 Enable Discard Eligibility.........................................
14 Use Frame Relay Standard Parameters Bc and Be......................
15 Max Local Delay for Interdom CDP-CDP 'v' conns (msec)..............
16 Max Local Delay for Interdom CDP-CDP 'c' conns (msec)..............
17 Max Local Delay for Interdom CDP-CDP 't' & 'p' conns (msec)........
18 Max Local Delay for Interdom CDP-CDP 'a' conns (msec)..............
19 Max Local Delay for Interdom CDP-CDP High Speed Data conns (msec)..
20 Max Local Delay for Interdom High Speed Data conns (msec)..........
21 FastPAD Jitter Buffer Size (msec).................................
22 Number of Consecutive Invalid Login Attempts to Cause Major Alarm .
0
23 Enable Connection Deroute Delay feature ...........................
24 Interval Statstics polling rate for ATM/Frame Relay VCs............
25 Interval Statistics polling rate for ports.........................
32
No
14
27
14
27
32
64
64
64
64
No
No
27
27
27
27
27
28
15
No
5
5
This Command: cnfsysparm
mulder
TN
StrataCom
IGX 8420
9.2.38
Feb. 7 2001
16:56 GMT
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
Update Initial Delay
Update Per-Node Delay
Comm-Break Test Delay
Comm-Break Test Offset
Network Timeout Period
Network Inter-p Period
NW Sliding Window Size
Num Normal Timeouts
Num Inter-p Timeouts
Num Satellite Timeouts
Num Blind Timeouts
Num CB Msg Timeouts
Comm Fail Interval
Comm Fail Multiplier
Temperature Threshold
[ 5000]
[30000]
[30000]
[
10]
[ 1700]
[ 4000]
[
1]
[
7]
[
3]
[
6]
[
4]
[
2]
[10000]
[
3]
[
50]
(D)
(D)
(D)
(D)
(D)
(D)
(D)
(D)
(D)
(D)
(D)
(D)
(D)
(D)
(D)
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
CC Redundancy Cnfged
MT3 Pass Through Relay
Nw Pkt Tx Rate (pps)
Stats Memory (x 100KB)
Standby Update Timer
Stby Updts Per Pass
Gateway ID Timer
GLCON Alloc Timer
Comm Fail Delay
Nw Hdlr Timer (msec)
CBUS Delay (msec)
SNMP Event logging
TFTP Grant Delay (sec)
TFTP ACK Timeout (sec)
TFTP Write Retries
[
[
[
[
[
[
[
[
[
[
[
[
[
[
[
Y]
Y]
500]
130]
10]
50]
30]
30]
60]
100]
20]
Y]
1]
10]
3]
(Y/N)
(Y/N)
(D)
(D)
(D)
(D)
(D)
(D)
(D)
(D)
(D)
(Y/N)
(D)
(D)
(D)
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
FRP
Job
Max
Max
Max
Max
Trk
[
Y]
[36558]
[20000]
[ 3570]
[ 3000]
[
33]
[
Y]
(Y/N)
(D)
(D)
(D)
(D)
(D)
(Y/N)
46
47
48
49
50
Modem polling timer
Verify CBA for non-FRP
Send Abit early
Abit Tmr Multiplier M
Abit Tmr Granularity N
[
[
[
[
[
1]
N]
N]
0]
3]
(D)
(Y/N)
(Y/N)
(D)
(D)
Link Status Alarm
Lock Timeout
Via LCONs
Blind Segment Size
XmtMemBlks per NIB
Mem on Stby Q (%)
Cell Rtng Restrict
9.2.38 Version Software Release Notes Cisco WAN Switching System Software
OL-xxxxx-xx
99
Default Values
REVIEW DRAFT—CISCO CONFIDENTIAL
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
Stat Config Proc Cnt
[ 1000] (D)
Stat Config Proc Delay [ 2000] (D)
Enable Degraded Mode
[
Y] (Y/N)
Enable Rrt on Comm Fail[
N] (Y/N)
Auto Switch on Degrade [
Y] (Y/N)
Max Degraded Aborts
[ 100] (D)
Max Htls Rebuild Count [ 100] (D)
Htls Counter Reset Time[ 1000] (D)
This Command: cnfnodeparm
mulder
TN
Index Status
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
StrataCom
IGX 8420
9.2.38
Feb. 7 2001
16:57 GMT
Function
Enabled
Automatic CLN/PLN Loopback Test on Local/Remote Alarms
Enabled
FDP Loopback button
Enabled
User Command Logging
Enabled
Automatic Card Reset on Hardware Error
Enabled
TXR Model D Download
Enabled
Card Error Record Wraparound
Disabled Card Test After Failure
Disabled Download From Remote Cisco StrataView Plus
Disabled Logging of conn events in local event log
Disabled Logging of conn events in Cisco StrataView Plus event log
Disabled Logging SVC Connection Events
Disabled Force Download From a Specific IP address
Disabled CDP WinkStart Signalling
Enabled
Logging of Bus Diagnostic Events in local event log
Enabled
Automatic Card Reset after Burnfw for CBI cards
This Command: cnffunc
mulder
TN
StrataCom
IGX 8420
9.2.38
Index Status
Function
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Data Frame Multiplexing
Adaptive Voice
Frame Relay
Configuration Save/Restore
ForeSight
Frame Relay Network-to-Network Interface
Multiple VTs (1 session enabled)
Interface Shelf
Virtual Trunks
ABR standard with VSVD
Disabled
Disabled
Enabled
Disabled
Disabled
Disabled
Disabled
Disabled
Enabled
Disabled
Feb. 7 2001
16:57 GMT
Feb. 7 2001
16:57 GMT
This Command: cnfswfunc
mulder
Card
Type
---PSM
HDM
LDM
NTM
TN
Test
Freq
----300
300
300
300
StrataCom
IGX 8420
9.2.38
- - - - - - Self Test - - - - - - Enable
Inc
Thresh Timeout
-------- ------- ------- ------Enabled
100
300
31
Enabled
100
300
80
Enabled
100
300
80
Enabled
100
300
31
- - Background Test - - Enable
Inc
Thresh
-------- ------- ------N/A
100
300
Enabled
100
300
Enabled
100
300
N/A
100
300
9.2.38 Version Software Release Notes Cisco WAN Switching System Software
100
OL-xxxxx-xx
Default Values
REVIEW DRAFT—CISCO CONFIDENTIAL
FRM
MT3
CVM
NPM
ARM
BTM
FTM
UFM
300
300
300
180
300
300
300
300
Enabled
Enabled
Enabled
Enabled
Enabled
Enabled
Enabled
Enabled
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
300
300
300
300
300
300
300
300
80
50
300
120
60
120
80
80
Enabled
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
Disabled
Enabled
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
300
300
300
300
300
300
300
300
This Command: cnftstparm
mulder
Card
Type
---UFMU
ALM
UVM
UXM
TN
Test
Freq
----300
300
300
300
StrataCom
IGX 8420
9.2.38
- - - - - - Self Test - - - - - - Enable
Inc
Thresh Timeout
-------- ------- ------- ------Enabled
100
300
80
Enabled
100
300
120
Disabled
100
300
60
Enabled
100
300
800
Feb. 7 2001
16:57 GMT
- - Background Test - - Enable
Inc
Thresh
-------- ------- ------Enabled
100
300
N/A
100
300
N/A
100
300
Enabled
100
300
This Command: cnftstparm
mulder
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
TN
StrataCom
IGX 8420
Normalization Interval
[
2]
Max Number To Normalize
[
5]
Normalization Logging
[
No]
Settling Interval
[
4]
Minimum Open Space
[ 1000]
Normalization Priority
[ Load]
Load Sample Period
[
4]
Maximum Routing Bundle
[
90]
Reroute Timer
[
0]
Reset Timer on Line Fail [ Yes]
Max Down/Up Per Pass
[
50]
Down/Up Timer
[30000]
Max Route Errs per cycle [ 200]
Time between Rrt cycles
[
5]
Max. Rrt Err cycles
[
1] (D)
Routing pause timer
[
0]
Max msgs sent per update [
10]
Send SVC urgent msg
[ Yes]
Max SVC Retry
[
0]
Wait for TBL Updates
[
70]
Max Derouting Bndl (0=all)[ 500]
Enable Cost-Based Routing [
No]
Enable Route Cache Usage [
No]
Use Delay for Routing
[
No]
# of reroute groups used [
50]
Starting size of RR grps [
0]
Increment between RR grps [ 100]
9.2.38
Feb. 7 2001
16:57 GMT
Feb. 7 2001
16:58 GMT
(D)
(D)
(D)
(D)
(D)
(D)
(secs)
(D)
(msecs)
(D)
(mins)
(msecs)
(D)
(D)
(100 msecs)
(D)
(D)
(CLU)
(CLU)
This Command: cnfcmparm
mulder
1
2
3
4
Rmt
Rmt
Lcl
Lcl
TN
Blk
Blk
Blk
Blk
Freq
Size
Freq
Size
StrataCom
(msec)
(hex)
(msec)
(hex)
[
[
[
[
IGX 8420
100]
400]
100]
400]
16
17
18
19
9.2.38
FW Dnld Msgs/Block(dec)
Flash Write TO(msec)
Flash Erase TO(msec)
Erase Verify TO(msec)
[
[
[
[
4]
16000]
100]
16000]
9.2.38 Version Software Release Notes Cisco WAN Switching System Software
OL-xxxxx-xx
101
Default Values
REVIEW DRAFT—CISCO CONFIDENTIAL
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
Image Req Freq (msec)
Dnld Req Freq (msec)
Session Timeout (msec)
Request Hop Limit (dec)
Crc Throttle Freq (dec)
Crc Block Size (hex)
Rev Change Wait(dec)
CCs Switch Wait(dec)
Lcl Response TO(msec)
Rmt Response TO(msec)
FW Dnld Block TO(msec)
[
[
[
[
[
[
[
[
[
[
[
10000]
10000]
30000]
1]
5000]
400]
0]
1000]
5000]
30000]
50]
20
21
22
23
24
Standby Flash TO(sec)
Lcl Flash Init TO(msec)
Flsh Write Blk Sz (hex)
Flsh Verfy Blk Sz (hex)
Chips Per Write/Erase
[
[
[
[
[
300]
1000]
10000]
400]
1]
This Command: cnfdlparm
mulder
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
TN
StrataCom
Logout Time ...........
VT Logout Time ........
Prompt Time ...........
Command Time ..........
UID Privilege Level ...
Input Character Echo ..
Screen Update Time ....
IGX 8420
9.2.38
Feb. 7 2001
16:58 GMT
IGX 8420
9.2.38
Feb. 7 2001
16:58 GMT
20 minutes
4 minutes
60 seconds
3 minutes
6
Enabled
10 seconds
This Command: cnfuiparm
mulder
TN
StrataCom
Function
Number
Background Upcard
1
Background Updates
2
Standby Terminal
3
Memory Protection
4
Comm Break
5
Comm Fail Test
6
BRAM Memory Protect
7
CRC Test
8
CDT Clock Test
9
Bus Fail Detection
10
Line Diag
11
Clock Restoral
12
Cm_Rerouting
13
Clock Routing
14
Status
Enabled
Disabled
Disabled
Enabled
Enabled
Enabled
Enabled
Enabled
Enabled
Enabled
Enabled
Enabled
Enabled
Enabled
Function
Number
Dynamic BW Allocation 15
Modem Polling
16
Conn Stat Sampling
17
SVC Del Bgnd Updates 18
FastPAD Test
19
Neighbor Update Errs 20
Status
Enabled
Enabled
Enabled
Disabled
Enabled
Disabled
This Command: on1
mulder
TN
StrataCom
Function
Number
Line Stat Sampling
1
Statistical Alarm
2
Job Ready Checker
3
Configuration Backup 4
Standby Update
5
Downloader
6
Cm Updates
7
Power Supply Monitor 8
Topo/Stat Updates
9
CDP/CIP Sig. Polling 10
Port Stat Sampling
11
Status
Enabled
Enabled
Enabled
Enabled
Enabled
Enabled
Enabled
Enabled
Enabled
Enabled
Enabled
IGX 8420
9.2.38
Feb. 7 2001
Function
Number
LAN Interface
15
Update Standby Stats 16
EIA Monitoring
17
Telnet Access
18
Junction ID
19
Mult SV+/Routing Node 20
Feeder with NW Trunks 21
Multiple Fdr Trunks
22
Simulated Fdr Trks
23
Auto Renum Fail Recov 24
IGX - ACM Selftest
25
16:58 GMT
Status
Enabled
Enabled
Enabled
Enabled
Enabled
Enabled
Disabled
Disabled
Disabled
Enabled
Enabled
9.2.38 Version Software Release Notes Cisco WAN Switching System Software
102
OL-xxxxx-xx
Default Values
REVIEW DRAFT—CISCO CONFIDENTIAL
Robust Updates
Robust Alarm Updates
Realtime Counters
12
13
14
Enabled
Enabled
Enabled
Card Simulation Tool
Major Alarm on NNI
Deroute Delay
26
27
28
Enabled
Disabled
Enabled
This Command: on2
mulder
TN
StrataCom
Function
Number
Region memory init
1
Trace Msg Sent
2
Multi-DB Stby Updates 3
AIT/BTM/ALM 32h Ext2 4
Card Synchronization 5
Loop Access Dev Init 6
Auto allocate UXM UBU 7
Trace Conv Msg
8
Automatic Cbus Diags 9
CBUS Flood Protection 10
IGX 8420
9.2.38
Feb. 7 2001
16:58 GMT
IGX 8420
9.2.38
Feb. 7 2001
16:59 GMT
Feb. 7 2001
16:59 GMT
Status
Disabled
Disabled
Enabled
Enabled
Disabled
Disabled
Disabled
Disabled
Disabled
Enabled
This Command: on3
NTM-E1
mulder
TN
TRK 3 Config
Line DS-0 map:
Pass sync:
Loop clock:
Statistical Reserve:
Routing Cost:
Idle code:
Restrict PCC traffic:
Link type:
Line coding:
Line CRC:
Line recv impedance:
Traffic:
Deroute delay time:
StrataCom
E1/32
[10666 pps]
0-31
Yes
No
600
pps
10
54 hex
No
Terrestrial
HDB3
No
75 ohm + gnd
V,TS,NTS,FR,FST
0 seconds
NTM slot:3
Last Command: dsptrkcnf 3
mulder
TN
StrataCom
IGX 8420
TRK 3 Parameters:
1 Yel Alm-In/Out (D) [ 1000/ 2000]
2 Rx Max Age - rt-VBR
(D)
[ N/A]
3 Rx EFCN - BdataB
(D)
[ N/A]
4 Gateway Efficiency
(D)
[ N/A]
5 EFCN
- Rx Space
(D)
[ N/A]
6 Low CLP - Rx_Space
(%)
[ N/A]
7 High CLP - Rx_Space
(%)
[ N/A]
Rx High CLP
(%)
Rx Low CLP
(%)
9.2.38
18 Red Alm-In/Out (D) [
19 Tx Max Age - rt-VBR
20 Tx EFCN
- BdataB
Tx
21
22
Tx
Age Step2 (D)
BDataA [ 128]
BDataB [ 128]
High CLP
(%)
Tx
23
24
Tx
1000/ 2000]
(D) [
20]
(D) [
30]
Age Step
BDataA [
BDataB [
Low CLP
(D)
128]
128]
(%)
9.2.38 Version Software Release Notes Cisco WAN Switching System Software
OL-xxxxx-xx
103
Default Values
REVIEW DRAFT—CISCO CONFIDENTIAL
8 BDataA [ N/A]
9 BDataB [ N/A]
Receive Queue Depth
12 rt-VBR [ N/A]
13 Non TS [ N/A]
14 TS
[ N/A]
10 BDataA [
11 BdataB [
15 BDataA [
16 BDataB [
17 HighPri[
N/A]
N/A]
(D)
N/A]
N/A]
N/A]
25 BDataA [ 100]
27
26 BDataB [
75]
28
Transmit Queue Depth
29 rt-VBR [
28]
32
30 Non TS [
40]
33
31 TS
[ 2632]
34
BDataA [
BDataB [
BDataA [
BDataB [
HighPri[
100]
25]
(D)
600]
600]
100]
This Command: cnftrkparm 3
NTM-T1
mulder
TN
TRK 4 Config
Line DS-0 map:
Pass sync:
Loop clock:
Statistical Reserve:
Routing Cost:
Idle code:
Restrict PCC traffic:
Link type:
Line framing:
Line coding:
Line cable type:
Line cable length:
Traffic:
Deroute delay time:
StrataCom
IGX 8420
T1/24
[8000 pps]
0-23
Yes
No
600
pps
10
7F hex
No
Terrestrial
D4
B8ZS
ABAM
0-133 ft.
V,TS,NTS,FR,FST
0 seconds
9.2.38
Feb. 7 2001
16:59 GMT
Feb. 7 2001
16:59 GMT
NTM slot:4
Last Command: dsptrkcnf 4
mulder
TN
StrataCom
TRK 4 Parameters:
1 Yel Alm-In/Out (D) [
600/
2 Rx Max Age - rt-VBR
(D)
[
3 Rx EFCN - BdataB
(D)
[
4 Gateway Efficiency
(D)
[
5 EFCN
- Rx Space
(D)
[
6 Low CLP - Rx_Space
(%)
[
7 High CLP - Rx_Space
(%)
[
Rx High CLP
(%)
Rx Low CLP
8 BDataA [ N/A]
10 BDataA [
9 BDataB [ N/A]
11 BdataB [
Receive Queue Depth
12 rt-VBR [ N/A]
15 BDataA [
13 Non TS [ N/A]
16 BDataB [
14 TS
[ N/A]
17 HighPri[
IGX 8420
600]
N/A]
N/A]
N/A]
N/A]
N/A]
N/A]
(%)
N/A]
N/A]
(D)
N/A]
N/A]
N/A]
9.2.38
18 Red Alm-In/Out (D) [
19 Tx Max Age - rt-VBR
20 Tx EFCN
- BdataB
Tx Age Step2 (D)
Tx
21 BDataA [ 128]
23
22 BDataB [ 128]
24
Tx High CLP
(%)
Tx
25 BDataA [ 100]
27
26 BDataB [
75]
28
Transmit Queue Depth
29 rt-VBR [
22]
32
30 Non TS [
30]
33
31 TS
[ 2648]
34
2500/ 15000]
(D) [
20]
(D) [
30]
Age Step
BDataA [
BDataB [
Low CLP
BDataA [
BDataB [
BDataA [
BDataB [
HighPri[
(D)
128]
128]
(%)
100]
25]
(D)
600]
600]
100]
This Command: cnftrkparm 4
NTM-SR
mulder
TN
TRK 5 Config
Subrate interface:
Subrate data rate:
StrataCom
IGX 8420
SR/30
[10000 pps]
X.21
1920 kbps
9.2.38
Feb. 7 2001
16:59 GMT
NTM slot:5
9.2.38 Version Software Release Notes Cisco WAN Switching System Software
104
OL-xxxxx-xx
Default Values
REVIEW DRAFT—CISCO CONFIDENTIAL
Pass sync:
Loop clock:
Statistical Reserve:
Routing Cost:
Restrict PCC traffic:
Link type:
Traffic:
Deroute delay time:
No
Yes
600
pps
10
No
Terrestrial
V,TS,NTS,FR,FST
0 seconds
Last Command: dsptrkcnf 5
mulder
TN
StrataCom
IGX 8420
TRK 5 Parameters:
1 Yel Alm-In/Out (D) [ 1000/ 2000]
2 Rx Max Age - rt-VBR
(D)
[ N/A]
3 Rx EFCN - BdataB
(D)
[ N/A]
4 Gateway Efficiency
(D)
[ N/A]
5 EFCN
- Rx Space
(D)
[ N/A]
6 Low CLP - Rx_Space
(%)
[ N/A]
7 High CLP - Rx_Space
(%)
[ N/A]
Rx High CLP
(%)
Rx Low CLP
(%)
8 BDataA [ N/A]
10 BDataA [ N/A]
9 BDataB [ N/A]
11 BdataB [ N/A]
Receive Queue Depth
(D)
12 rt-VBR [ N/A]
15 BDataA [ N/A]
13 Non TS [ N/A]
16 BDataB [ N/A]
14 TS
[ N/A]
17 HighPri[ N/A]
9.2.38
Feb. 7 2001
18 Red Alm-In/Out (D) [
19 Tx Max Age - rt-VBR
20 Tx EFCN
- BdataB
Tx Age Step2 (D)
Tx
21 BDataA [ 128]
23
22 BDataB [ 128]
24
Tx High CLP
(%)
Tx
25 BDataA [ 100]
27
26 BDataB [
75]
28
Transmit Queue Depth
29 rt-VBR [
27]
32
30 Non TS [
37]
33
31 TS
[ 2636]
34
16:59 GMT
1000/ 2000]
(D) [
20]
(D) [
30]
Age Step
BDataA [
BDataB [
Low CLP
BDataA [
BDataB [
BDataA [
BDataB [
HighPri[
(D)
128]
128]
(%)
100]
25]
(D)
600]
600]
100]
This Command: cnftrkparm 5
mulder
TN
TRK 6.1 Config
Transmit Trunk Rate:
Rcv Trunk Rate:
Pass sync:
Loop clock:
Statistical Reserve:
Header Type:
VPI Address:
Routing Cost:
Idle code:
Restrict PCC traffic:
Link type:
Line framing:
HCS Masking:
Payload Scramble:
StrataCom
IGX 8420
9.2.38
Feb. 7 2001
16:59 GMT
OC3
[353207cps] UXM slot:6
353208 cps
Connection Channels: 256
353207 cps
Gateway Channels:
200
Yes
Traffic:V,TS,NTS,FR,FST,CBR,N&RVBR,ABR
No
Frame Scramble:
Yes
1000
cps
Deroute delay time:
0 seconds
NNI
VC Shaping:
No
1
VPC Conns disabled:
No
10
7F hex
No
Terrestrial
STM-1
Yes
Yes
Last Command: dsptrkcnf 6.1
mulder
TN
StrataCom
TRK 6.1 Parameters:
1 Yel Alm-In/Out (D) [
2 Rx Max Age - rt-VBR
3 Rx EFCN - BdataB
4 Gateway Efficiency
5 EFCN
- Rx Space
6 Low CLP/EPD- Rx_Space
IGX 8420
2500/ 10000]
(D)
[
20]
(D)
[
20]
(D)
[ 2.0]
(D)
[ N/A]
(%)
[ N/A]
9.2.38
Feb. 7 2001
18 Red Alm-In/Out (D) [
19 Tx Max Age - rt-VBR
20 Tx EFCN
- BdataB
Tx Age Step2 (D)
21 BDataA [ N/A]
17:00 GMT
2500/ 10000]
(D) [
20]
(%) [
20]
Tx Age Step
23 BDataA [
(D)
N/A]
9.2.38 Version Software Release Notes Cisco WAN Switching System Software
OL-xxxxx-xx
105
Default Values
REVIEW DRAFT—CISCO CONFIDENTIAL
7 High CLP - Rx_Space
Rx High CLP
(%)
Rx
8 BDataA [
80]
10
9 BDataB [
80]
11
Receive Queue Depth
12 rt-VBR [ 1952]
15
13 Non TS [ 2925]
16
14 TS
[ 1000]
17
(%)
[ N/A]
Low CLP/EPD(%)
BDataA [
60]
BdataB [
60]
(D)
BDataA [10000]
BDataB [10000]
HighPri[ 1000]
22 BDataB [ N/A]
24
Tx High CLP
(%)
Tx
25 BDataA [
80]
27
26 BDataB [
80]
28
Transmit Queue Depth
29 rt-VBR [ 1952]
32
30 Non TS [ 2925]
33
31 TS
[ 1000]
34
BDataB [ N/A]
Low CLP/EPD(%)
BDataA [
60]
BDataB [
60]
(D)
BDataA [10000]
BDataB [10000]
HighPri[ 1000]
This Command: cnftrkparm 6.1
TRK
Rx
35
36
37
Rx
41
42
43
6.1 Parameters:
Queue Depth(D)
CBR
[ 600]
nrt-VBR[ 5000]
ABR
[20000]
High CLP
(%)
CBR
[
80]
nrt-VBR[
80]
ABR
[
80]
Tx
38
39
40
Rx
44
45
46
Queue Depth(D)
CBR
[ 600]
nrt-VBR[ 5000]
ABR
[20000]
Low CLP/EPD(%)
CBR
[
60]
nrt-VBR[
60]
ABR
[
60]
Rx EFCN
(%)
Tx EFCN
47
Tx
49
50
51
20]
(%)
80]
80]
80]
48
Tx
52
53
54
ABR
[
High CLP
CBR
[
nrt-VBR[
ABR
[
(%)
ABR
[
20]
Low CLP/EPD(%)
CBR
[
60]
nrt-VBR[
60]
ABR
[
60]
This Command: cnftrkparm 6.1
UXM-E3
mulder
TN
TRK 7.1 Config
Transmit Trunk Rate:
Rcv Trunk Rate:
Pass sync:
Loop clock:
Statistical Reserve:
Header Type:
VPI Address:
Routing Cost:
Idle code:
Restrict PCC traffic:
Link type:
Line framing:
Line cable length:
HCS Masking:
StrataCom
IGX 8420
9.2.38
Feb. 7 2001
17:00 GMT
E3/530
[80000 cps] UXM slot:7
80000 cps
Payload Scramble:
Yes
80000 cps
Connection Channels: 256
Yes
Gateway Channels:
200
No
Traffic:V,TS,NTS,FR,FST,CBR,N&RVBR,ABR
1000
cps
Deroute delay time:
0 seconds
NNI
VC Shaping:
No
1
VPC Conns disabled:
No
10
7F hex
No
Terrestrial
HEC
0-225 ft.
Yes
Last Command: dsptrkcnf 7.1
mulder
TN
StrataCom
TRK 7.1 Parameters:
1 Yel Alm-In/Out (D) [
2 Rx Max Age - rt-VBR
3 Rx EFCN - BdataB
4 Gateway Efficiency
5 EFCN
- Rx Space
6 Low CLP/EPD- Rx_Space
7 High CLP - Rx_Space
IGX 8420
2500/ 15000]
(D)
[
20]
(D)
[
20]
(D)
[ 2.0]
(D)
[ N/A]
(%)
[ N/A]
(%)
[ N/A]
9.2.38
Feb. 7 2001
18 Red Alm-In/Out (D) [
19 Tx Max Age - rt-VBR
20 Tx EFCN
- BdataB
Tx Age Step2 (D)
21 BDataA [ N/A]
22 BDataB [ N/A]
17:00 GMT
2500/ 15000]
(D) [
20]
(%) [
20]
Tx Age Step
23 BDataA [
24 BDataB [
(D)
N/A]
N/A]
9.2.38 Version Software Release Notes Cisco WAN Switching System Software
106
OL-xxxxx-xx
Default Values
REVIEW DRAFT—CISCO CONFIDENTIAL
Rx High CLP
(%)
8 BDataA [
80]
9 BDataB [
80]
Receive Queue Depth
12 rt-VBR [ 443]
13 Non TS [ 662]
14 TS
[ 1000]
Rx Low CLP/EPD(%)
10 BDataA [
60]
11 BdataB [
60]
(D)
15 BDataA [10000]
16 BDataB [10000]
17 HighPri[ 1000]
Tx High CLP
(%)
Tx
25 BDataA [
80]
27
26 BDataB [
80]
28
Transmit Queue Depth
29 rt-VBR [ 443]
32
30 Non TS [ 662]
33
31 TS
[ 1000]
34
Low CLP/EPD(%)
BDataA [
60]
BDataB [
60]
(D)
BDataA [10000]
BDataB [10000]
HighPri[ 1000]
This Command: cnftrkparm 7.1
mulder
TN
TRK 7.1 Parameters:
Rx Queue Depth(D)
35 CBR
[ 600]
36 nrt-VBR[ 5000]
37 ABR
[20000]
Rx High CLP
(%)
41 CBR
[
80]
42 nrt-VBR[
80]
43 ABR
[
80]
StrataCom
Tx
38
39
40
Rx
44
45
46
IGX 8420
Queue Depth(D)
CBR
[ 600]
nrt-VBR[ 5000]
ABR
[20000]
Low CLP/EPD(%)
CBR
[
60]
nrt-VBR[
60]
ABR
[
60]
9.2.38
Feb. 7 2001
17:00 GMT
Rx EFCN
(%)
Tx EFCN
47
Tx
49
50
51
20]
(%)
80]
80]
80]
48
Tx
52
53
54
ABR
[
High CLP
CBR
[
nrt-VBR[
ABR
[
(%)
ABR
[
20]
Low CLP/EPD(%)
CBR
[
60]
nrt-VBR[
60]
ABR
[
60]
This Command: cnftrkparm 7.1
UXM-T1
mulder
TN
TRK 8.1 Config
IMA Group Member(s):
Retained links:
Transmit Trunk Rate:
Rcv Trunk Rate:
Pass sync:
Loop clock:
Statistical Reserve:
Header Type:
VPI Address:
Routing Cost:
Idle code:
Restrict PCC traffic:
Link type:
Line framing:
StrataCom
IGX 8420
T1/24
[3622
1
1
3622
cps
3622
cps
Yes
No
600
cps
NNI
1
10
7F hex
No
Terrestrial
ESF
cps]
9.2.38
Feb. 7 2001
17:00 GMT
UXM slot:8
Line coding:
B8ZS
Line cable type:
ABAM
Line cable length:
0-131 ft.
HCS Masking:
Yes
Payload Scramble:
No
Connection Channels: 256
Gateway Channels:
200
Traffic:V,TS,NTS,FR,FST,CBR,N&RVBR,ABR
IMA Protocol Option: Disabled
IMA Max. Diff. Dly:
200 msec.
IMA Clock Mode:
CTC
Deroute delay time:
0 seconds
VC Shaping:
No
VPC Conns disabled:
No
Last Command: dsptrkcnf 8.1
Next Command: dsptrkcnf 8.1
mulder
TN
StrataCom
TRK 8.1 Parameters:
1 Yel Alm-In/Out (D) [
600/
2 Rx Max Age - rt-VBR
(D)
[
3 Rx EFCN - BdataB
(D)
[
4 Gateway Efficiency
(D)
[
5 EFCN
- Rx Space
(D)
[
IGX 8420
600]
20]
20]
2.0]
N/A]
9.2.38
Feb. 7 2001
18 Red Alm-In/Out (D) [
19 Tx Max Age - rt-VBR
20 Tx EFCN
- BdataB
Tx Age Step2
(D)
17:00 GMT
2500/ 15000]
(D) [
20]
(%) [
20]
Tx Age Step
(D)
9.2.38 Version Software Release Notes Cisco WAN Switching System Software
OL-xxxxx-xx
107
Default Values
REVIEW DRAFT—CISCO CONFIDENTIAL
6 Low CLP/EPD- Rx_Space (%)
[ N/A]
7 High CLP - Rx_Space
(%)
[ N/A]
Rx High CLP
(%)
Rx Low CLP/EPD(%)
8 BDataA [
80]
10 BDataA [
60]
9 BDataB [
80]
11 BdataB [
60]
Receive Queue Depth
(D)
12 rt-VBR [
22]
15 BDataA [10000]
13 Non TS [
30]
16 BDataB [10000]
14 TS
[ 1000]
17 HighPri[ 1000]
21 BDataA [ N/A]
23
22 BDataB [ N/A]
24
Tx High CLP
(%)
Tx
25 BDataA [
80]
27
26 BDataB [
80]
28
Transmit Queue Depth
29 rt-VBR [
21]
32
30 Non TS [
28]
33
31 TS
[ 1000]
34
BDataA [ N/A]
BDataB [ N/A]
Low CLP/EPD(%)
BDataA [
60]
BDataB [
60]
(D)
BDataA [10000]
BDataB [10000]
HighPri[ 1000]
This Command: cnftrkparm 8.1
mulder
TN
TRK 8.1 Parameters:
Rx Queue Depth(D)
35 CBR
[ 600]
36 nrt-VBR[ 5000]
37 ABR
[20000]
Rx High CLP
(%)
41 CBR
[
80]
42 nrt-VBR[
80]
43 ABR
[
80]
StrataCom
Tx
38
39
40
Rx
44
45
46
IGX 8420
Queue Depth(D)
CBR
[ 600]
nrt-VBR[ 5000]
ABR
[20000]
Low CLP/EPD(%)
CBR
[
60]
nrt-VBR[
60]
ABR
[
60]
9.2.38
Feb. 7 2001
17:00 GMT
Rx EFCN
(%)
Tx EFCN
47
Tx
49
50
51
20]
(%)
80]
80]
80]
48
Tx
52
53
54
ABR
[
High CLP
CBR
[
nrt-VBR[
ABR
[
(%)
ABR
[
20]
Low CLP/EPD(%)
CBR
[
60]
nrt-VBR[
60]
ABR
[
60]
This Command: cnftrkparm 8.1
UXM-E1/30
mulder
TN
TRK 9.1 Config
Line DS-0 map:
IMA Group Member(s):
Retained links:
Transmit Trunk Rate:
Rcv Trunk Rate:
Pass sync:
Loop clock:
Statistical Reserve:
Header Type:
VPI Address:
Routing Cost:
Idle code:
Restrict PCC traffic:
Link type:
StrataCom
IGX 8420
E1/30
[4528
1-15,17-31
1
1
4528
cps
4528
cps
Yes
No
600
cps
NNI
1
10
54 hex
No
Terrestrial
cps]
9.2.38
Feb. 7 2001
17:00 GMT
UXM slot:9
Line coding:
HDB3
Line CRC:
Yes
Line recv impedance: 120 ohm
HCS Masking:
Yes
Payload Scramble:
Yes
Connection Channels: 256
Gateway Channels:
200
Traffic:V,TS,NTS,FR,FST,CBR,N&RVBR,ABR
IMA Protocol Option: Disabled
IMA Max. Diff. Dly:
200 msec.
IMA Clock Mode:
CTC
Deroute delay time:
0 seconds
VC Shaping:
No
VPC Conns disabled:
No
Last Command: dsptrkcnf 9.1
mulder
TN
StrataCom
IGX 8420
TRK 9.1 Parameters:
1 Yel Alm-In/Out (D) [ 1000/ 2000]
2 Rx Max Age - rt-VBR
(D)
[
20]
3 Rx EFCN - BdataB
(D)
[
20]
4 Gateway Efficiency
(D)
[ N/A]
5 EFCN
- Rx Space
(D)
[ N/A]
9.2.38
Feb. 7 2001
18 Red Alm-In/Out (D) [
19 Tx Max Age - rt-VBR
20 Tx EFCN
- BdataB
Tx Age Step2
(D)
17:01 GMT
1000/ 2000]
(D) [
20]
(%) [
20]
Tx Age Step
(D)
9.2.38 Version Software Release Notes Cisco WAN Switching System Software
108
OL-xxxxx-xx
Default Values
REVIEW DRAFT—CISCO CONFIDENTIAL
6 Low CLP/EPD- Rx_Space (%)
[ N/A]
7 High CLP - Rx_Space
(%)
[ N/A]
Rx High CLP
(%)
Rx Low CLP/EPD(%)
8 BDataA [
80]
10 BDataA [
60]
9 BDataB [
80]
11 BdataB [
60]
Receive Queue Depth
(D)
12 rt-VBR [
27]
15 BDataA [10000]
13 Non TS [
37]
16 BDataB [10000]
14 TS
[ 1000]
17 HighPri[ 1000]
21 BDataA [ N/A]
23
22 BDataB [ N/A]
24
Tx High CLP
(%)
Tx
25 BDataA [
80]
27
26 BDataB [
80]
28
Transmit Queue Depth
29 rt-VBR [
26]
32
30 Non TS [
36]
33
31 TS
[ 1000]
34
BDataA [ N/A]
BDataB [ N/A]
Low CLP/EPD(%)
BDataA [
60]
BDataB [
60]
(D)
BDataA [10000]
BDataB [10000]
HighPri[ 1000]
This Command: cnftrkparm 9.1
mulder
TN
TRK 9.1 Parameters:
Rx Queue Depth(D)
35 CBR
[ 600]
36 nrt-VBR[ 5000]
37 ABR
[20000]
Rx High CLP
(%)
41 CBR
[
80]
42 nrt-VBR[
80]
43 ABR
[
80]
StrataCom
Tx
38
39
40
Rx
44
45
46
IGX 8420
Queue Depth(D)
CBR
[ 600]
nrt-VBR[ 5000]
ABR
[20000]
Low CLP/EPD(%)
CBR
[
60]
nrt-VBR[
60]
ABR
[
60]
9.2.38
Feb. 7 2001
17:01 GMT
Rx EFCN
(%)
Tx EFCN
47
Tx
49
50
51
20]
(%)
80]
80]
80]
48
Tx
52
53
54
ABR
[
High CLP
CBR
[
nrt-VBR[
ABR
[
(%)
ABR
[
20]
Low CLP/EPD(%)
CBR
[
60]
nrt-VBR[
60]
ABR
[
60]
This Command: cnftrkparm 9.1
BTM-T3
mulder
TN
TRK 11 Config
Transmit Trunk Rate:
Rcv Trunk Rate:
Pass sync:
Loop clock:
Statistical Reserve:
Header Type:
Gateway Type:
VPI Address:
VCI Address:
Routing Cost:
Idle code:
Restrict PCC traffic:
Link type:
Line cable length:
StrataCom
IGX 8420
T3/3
[1000
96000 cps
1000
pps
Yes
No
1000
pps
STI
BAM
0
0
10
7F hex
No
Terrestrial
0-225 ft.
pps]
9.2.38
Feb. 7 2001
BTM slot:11
HCS Masking:
Payload Scramble:
Traffic:
Deroute delay time:
17:01 GMT
Yes
No
V,TS,NTS,FR,FST
0 seconds
Last Command: dsptrkcnf 11
mulder
TN
StrataCom
IGX 8420
TRK 11 Parameters:
1 Yel Alm-In/Out (D) [ 2500/ 15000]
2 Rx Max Age - rt-VBR
(D)
[
20]
3 Rx EFCN - BdataB
(D)
[
30]
4 Gateway Efficiency
(D)
[ 2.0]
5 EFCN
- Rx Space
(D)
[
30]
9.2.38
Feb. 7 2001
18 Red Alm-In/Out (D) [
19 Tx Max Age - rt-VBR
20 Tx EFCN
- BdataB
Tx Age Step2
(D)
17:01 GMT
2500/ 15000]
(D) [
20]
(D) [
30]
Tx Age Step
(D)
9.2.38 Version Software Release Notes Cisco WAN Switching System Software
OL-xxxxx-xx
109
Default Values
REVIEW DRAFT—CISCO CONFIDENTIAL
6 Low CLP - Rx_Space
7 High CLP - Rx_Space
Rx High CLP
(%)
Rx
8 BDataA [ 100]
10
9 BDataB [
75]
11
Receive Queue Depth
12 rt-VBR [
4]
15
13 Non TS [
3]
16
14 TS
[11365]
17
(%)
[
(%)
[
Low CLP
BDataA [
BdataB [
100]
100]
(%)
100]
25]
(D)
BDataA [ 2264]
BDataB [ 2264]
HighPri[ 100]
21 BDataA [ N/A]
23
22 BDataB [ N/A]
24
Tx High CLP
(%)
Tx
25 BDataA [ 100]
27
26 BDataB [
75]
28
Transmit Queue Depth
29 rt-VBR [ 532]
32
30 Non TS [ 795]
33
31 TS
[10045]
34
BDataA [
BDataB [
Low CLP
BDataA [
BDataB [
N/A]
N/A]
(%)
100]
25]
(D)
BDataA [ 2264]
BDataB [ 2264]
HighPri[ 100]
This Command: cnftrkparm 11
BTM-E3
mulder
TN
TRK 12 Config
Transmit Trunk Rate:
Rcv Trunk Rate:
Pass sync:
Loop clock:
Statistical Reserve:
Header Type:
Gateway Type:
VPI Address:
VCI Address:
Routing Cost:
Idle code:
Restrict PCC traffic:
Link type:
Line cable length:
StrataCom
IGX 8420
E3/3
[1000
80000 cps
1000
pps
Yes
No
1000
pps
STI
BAM
0
0
10
7F hex
No
Terrestrial
0-225 ft.
pps]
9.2.38
Feb. 7 2001
BTM slot:12
HCS Masking:
Payload Scramble:
Traffic:
Deroute delay time:
17:01 GMT
Yes
Yes
V,TS,NTS,FR,FST
0 seconds
Last Command: dsptrkcnf 12
mulder
TN
StrataCom
IGX 8420
TRK 12 Parameters:
1 Yel Alm-In/Out (D) [ 2500/ 15000]
2 Rx Max Age - rt-VBR
(D)
[
20]
3 Rx EFCN - BdataB
(D)
[
30]
4 Gateway Efficiency
(D)
[ 2.0]
5 EFCN
- Rx Space
(D)
[
30]
6 Low CLP - Rx_Space
(%)
[ 100]
7 High CLP - Rx_Space
(%)
[ 100]
Rx High CLP
(%)
Rx Low CLP
(%)
8 BDataA [ 100]
10 BDataA [ 100]
9 BDataB [
75]
11 BdataB [
25]
Receive Queue Depth
(D)
12 rt-VBR [
4]
15 BDataA [ 2264]
13 Non TS [
3]
16 BDataB [ 2264]
14 TS
[11365]
17 HighPri[ 100]
9.2.38
Feb. 7 2001
18 Red Alm-In/Out (D) [
19 Tx Max Age - rt-VBR
20 Tx EFCN
- BdataB
Tx Age Step2 (D)
Tx
21 BDataA [ N/A]
23
22 BDataB [ N/A]
24
Tx High CLP
(%)
Tx
25 BDataA [ 100]
27
26 BDataB [
75]
28
Transmit Queue Depth
29 rt-VBR [ 443]
32
30 Non TS [ 662]
33
31 TS
[10267]
34
17:01 GMT
2500/ 15000]
(D) [
20]
(D) [
30]
Age Step
BDataA [
BDataB [
Low CLP
BDataA [
BDataB [
(D)
N/A]
N/A]
(%)
100]
25]
(D)
BDataA [ 2264]
BDataB [ 2264]
HighPri[ 100]
This Command: cnftrkparm 12
9.2.38 Version Software Release Notes Cisco WAN Switching System Software
110
OL-xxxxx-xx
Default Values
REVIEW DRAFT—CISCO CONFIDENTIAL
BTM-HSSI
mulder
TN
TRK 13 Config
Clock Rate:
Transmit Trunk Rate:
Rcv Trunk Rate:
Pass sync:
Loop clock:
Statistical Reserve:
Header Type:
Gateway Type:
VPI Address:
VCI Address:
Routing Cost:
Idle code:
Restrict PCC traffic:
Link type:
StrataCom
IGX 8420
HSSI/3
[1000
50840000 bps
111491 cps
1000
pps
No
No
1000
pps
STI
BAM
0
0
10
7F hex
No
Terrestrial
pps]
9.2.38
Feb. 7 2001
BTM slot:13
Line cable length:
HCS Masking:
Payload Scramble:
Traffic:
Deroute delay time:
17:01 GMT
0-225 ft.
Yes
No
V,TS,NTS,FR,FST
0 seconds
Last Command: dsptrkcnf 13
mulder
TN
StrataCom
IGX 8420
TRK 13 Parameters:
1 Yel Alm-In/Out (D) [ 2500/ 15000]
2 Rx Max Age - rt-VBR
(D)
[
20]
3 Rx EFCN - BdataB
(D)
[
30]
4 Gateway Efficiency
(D)
[ 2.0]
5 EFCN
- Rx Space
(D)
[
30]
6 Low CLP - Rx_Space
(%)
[ 100]
7 High CLP - Rx_Space
(%)
[ 100]
Rx High CLP
(%)
Rx Low CLP
(%)
8 BDataA [ 100]
10 BDataA [ 100]
9 BDataB [
75]
11 BdataB [
25]
Receive Queue Depth
(D)
12 rt-VBR [
4]
15 BDataA [ 2264]
13 Non TS [
3]
16 BDataB [ 2264]
14 TS
[11365]
17 HighPri[ 100]
9.2.38
Feb. 7 2001
18 Red Alm-In/Out (D) [
19 Tx Max Age - rt-VBR
20 Tx EFCN
- BdataB
Tx Age Step2 (D)
Tx
21 BDataA [ N/A]
23
22 BDataB [ N/A]
24
Tx High CLP
(%)
Tx
25 BDataA [ 100]
27
26 BDataB [
75]
28
Transmit Queue Depth
29 rt-VBR [ 617]
32
30 Non TS [ 922]
33
31 TS
[ 9833]
34
17:02 GMT
2500/ 15000]
(D) [
20]
(D) [
30]
Age Step
BDataA [
BDataB [
Low CLP
BDataA [
BDataB [
(D)
N/A]
N/A]
(%)
100]
25]
(D)
BDataA [ 2264]
BDataB [ 2264]
HighPri[ 100]
This Command: cnftrkparm 13
UXM-T1
mulder
TN
TRK 8.4 Config
IMA Group Member(s):
Retained links:
Transmit Trunk Rate:
Rcv Trunk Rate:
Pass sync:
Loop clock:
Statistical Reserve:
Header Type:
VPI Address:
Routing Cost:
Idle code:
Restrict PCC traffic:
StrataCom
T1/24
[3622
4
1
3622
cps
3622
cps
Yes
No
600
cps
NNI
1
10
7F hex
No
IGX 8420
cps]
9.2.38
Feb. 7 2001
17:13 GMT
UXM slot:8
Line coding:
B8ZS
Line cable type:
ABAM
Line cable length:
0-131 ft.
HCS Masking:
Yes
Payload Scramble:
No
Connection Channels: 256
Gateway Channels:
200
Traffic:V,TS,NTS,FR,FST,CBR,N&RVBR,ABR
IMA Protocol Option: Disabled
IMA Max. Diff. Dly:
200 msec.
IMA Clock Mode:
CTC
Deroute delay time:
0 seconds
9.2.38 Version Software Release Notes Cisco WAN Switching System Software
OL-xxxxx-xx
111
Default Values
REVIEW DRAFT—CISCO CONFIDENTIAL
Link type:
Line framing:
Terrestrial
ESF
VC Shaping:
VPC Conns disabled:
No
No
Last Command: dsptrkcnf 8.4
mulder
TN
StrataCom
IGX 8420
TRK 8.4 Parameters:
1 Yel Alm-In/Out (D) [
600/
600]
2 Rx Max Age - rt-VBR
(D)
[
20]
3 Rx EFCN - BdataB
(D)
[
20]
4 Gateway Efficiency
(D)
[ 2.0]
5 EFCN
- Rx Space
(D)
[ N/A]
6 Low CLP/EPD- Rx_Space (%)
[ N/A]
7 High CLP - Rx_Space
(%)
[ N/A]
Rx High CLP
(%)
Rx Low CLP/EPD(%)
8 BDataA [
80]
10 BDataA [
60]
9 BDataB [
80]
11 BdataB [
60]
Receive Queue Depth
(D)
12 rt-VBR [
22]
15 BDataA [10000]
13 Non TS [
30]
16 BDataB [10000]
14 TS
[ 1000]
17 HighPri[ 1000]
9.2.38
Feb. 7 2001
18 Red Alm-In/Out (D) [
19 Tx Max Age - rt-VBR
20 Tx EFCN
- BdataB
Tx Age Step2 (D)
Tx
21 BDataA [ N/A]
23
22 BDataB [ N/A]
24
Tx High CLP
(%)
Tx
25 BDataA [
80]
27
26 BDataB [
80]
28
Transmit Queue Depth
29 rt-VBR [
21]
32
30 Non TS [
28]
33
31 TS
[ 1000]
34
17:13 GMT
2500/ 15000]
(D) [
20]
(%) [
20]
Age Step
(D)
BDataA [ N/A]
BDataB [ N/A]
Low CLP/EPD(%)
BDataA [
60]
BDataB [
60]
(D)
BDataA [10000]
BDataB [10000]
HighPri[ 1000]
This Command: cnftrkparm 8.4
mulder
TN
TRK 8.4 Parameters:
Rx Queue Depth(D)
35 CBR
[ 600]
36 nrt-VBR[ 5000]
37 ABR
[20000]
Rx High CLP
(%)
41 CBR
[
80]
42 nrt-VBR[
80]
43 ABR
[
80]
StrataCom
Tx
38
39
40
Rx
44
45
46
IGX 8420
Queue Depth(D)
CBR
[ 600]
nrt-VBR[ 5000]
ABR
[20000]
Low CLP/EPD(%)
CBR
[
60]
nrt-VBR[
60]
ABR
[
60]
9.2.38
Feb. 7 2001
Rx EFCN
(%)
Tx EFCN
47
Tx
49
50
51
20]
(%)
80]
80]
80]
48
Tx
52
53
54
ABR
[
High CLP
CBR
[
nrt-VBR[
ABR
[
17:14 GMT
(%)
ABR
[
20]
Low CLP/EPD(%)
CBR
[
60]
nrt-VBR[
60]
ABR
[
60]
This Command: cnftrkparm 8.4
UXM-E1
mulder
TN
TRK 9.4 Config
Line DS-0 map:
IMA Group Member(s):
Retained links:
Transmit Trunk Rate:
Rcv Trunk Rate:
Pass sync:
Loop clock:
Statistical Reserve:
Header Type:
VPI Address:
Routing Cost:
Idle code:
Restrict PCC traffic:
Link type:
StrataCom
E1/30
[4528
1-15,17-31
4
1
4528
cps
4528
cps
Yes
No
600
cps
NNI
1
10
54 hex
No
Terrestrial
IGX 8420
cps]
9.2.38
Feb. 7 2001
17:14 GMT
UXM slot:9
Line coding:
HDB3
Line CRC:
Yes
Line recv impedance: 120 ohm
HCS Masking:
Yes
Payload Scramble:
Yes
Connection Channels: 256
Gateway Channels:
200
Traffic:V,TS,NTS,FR,FST,CBR,N&RVBR,ABR
IMA Protocol Option: Disabled
IMA Max. Diff. Dly:
200 msec.
IMA Clock Mode:
CTC
Deroute delay time:
0 seconds
VC Shaping:
No
VPC Conns disabled:
No
9.2.38 Version Software Release Notes Cisco WAN Switching System Software
112
OL-xxxxx-xx
Appendix A BXM Firmware MEK Release Notes
REVIEW DRAFT—CISCO CONFIDENTIAL
Last Command: dsptrkcnf 9.4
mulder
TN
StrataCom
IGX 8420
TRK 9.4 Parameters:
1 Yel Alm-In/Out (D) [ 1000/ 2000]
2 Rx Max Age - rt-VBR
(D)
[
20]
3 Rx EFCN - BdataB
(D)
[
20]
4 Gateway Efficiency
(D)
[ N/A]
5 EFCN
- Rx Space
(D)
[ N/A]
6 Low CLP/EPD- Rx_Space (%)
[ N/A]
7 High CLP - Rx_Space
(%)
[ N/A]
Rx High CLP
(%)
Rx Low CLP/EPD(%)
8 BDataA [
80]
10 BDataA [
60]
9 BDataB [
80]
11 BdataB [
60]
Receive Queue Depth
(D)
12 rt-VBR [
27]
15 BDataA [10000]
13 Non TS [
37]
16 BDataB [10000]
14 TS
[ 1000]
17 HighPri[ 1000]
9.2.38
Feb. 7 2001
18 Red Alm-In/Out (D) [
19 Tx Max Age - rt-VBR
20 Tx EFCN
- BdataB
Tx Age Step2 (D)
Tx
21 BDataA [ N/A]
23
22 BDataB [ N/A]
24
Tx High CLP
(%)
Tx
25 BDataA [
80]
27
26 BDataB [
80]
28
Transmit Queue Depth
29 rt-VBR [
26]
32
30 Non TS [
36]
33
31 TS
[ 1000]
34
17:14 GMT
1000/ 2000]
(D) [
20]
(%) [
20]
Age Step
(D)
BDataA [ N/A]
BDataB [ N/A]
Low CLP/EPD(%)
BDataA [
60]
BDataB [
60]
(D)
BDataA [10000]
BDataB [10000]
HighPri[ 1000]
This Command: cnftrkparm 9.4
mulder
TN
TRK 9.4 Parameters:
Rx Queue Depth(D)
35 CBR
[ 600]
36 nrt-VBR[ 5000]
37 ABR
[20000]
Rx High CLP
(%)
41 CBR
[
80]
42 nrt-VBR[
80]
43 ABR
[
80]
StrataCom
Tx
38
39
40
Rx
44
45
46
IGX 8420
Queue Depth(D)
CBR
[ 600]
nrt-VBR[ 5000]
ABR
[20000]
Low CLP/EPD(%)
CBR
[
60]
nrt-VBR[
60]
ABR
[
60]
9.2.38
Feb. 7 2001
Rx EFCN
(%)
Tx EFCN
47
Tx
49
50
51
20]
(%)
80]
80]
80]
48
Tx
52
53
54
ABR
[
High CLP
CBR
[
nrt-VBR[
ABR
[
17:14 GMT
(%)
ABR
[
20]
Low CLP/EPD(%)
CBR
[
60]
nrt-VBR[
60]
ABR
[
60]
This Command: cnftrkparm 9.4
Appendix A BXM Firmware MEK Release Notes
About the Firmware MEK
BXM Firmware version M.E.K. supports all the existing interfaces and models of BXM hardware.
Following table outlines various levels of hardware revisions supported for BXM firmware version
M.E.K.
9.2.38 Version Software Release Notes Cisco WAN Switching System Software
OL-xxxxx-xx
113
Appendix A BXM Firmware MEK Release Notes
REVIEW DRAFT—CISCO CONFIDENTIAL
Front Cards
FW HW
model Rev
Model Num
Description
BXM-155-4
4 port OC3 Line Module (Front Card)
E
B
BXM-155-8
BXM-622
BXM-622-2
BXM-T3-8
BXM-T3-12
BXM-E3-8
BXM-E3-12
BXM-155-8DX
BXM-155-8D
BXM-155-4DX
BXM-155-4D
BXM-622-2DX
BXM-622-2D
BXM-622-DX
BXM-T3-12EX
BXM-T3-12E
BXM-T3-8E
BXM-E3-12EX
BXM-E3-12E
BXM-E3-8E
8 port OC3 Line Module (Front Card)
1 port OC12 Line Module (Front Card)
2 port OC12 Line Module (Front Card)
8 port T3 Line Module (Front Card)
12 port T3 Line Module (Front Card)
8 port E3 Line Module (Front Card)
12 port E3 Line Module (Front Card)
8 port OC3 Line Module (Front Card)
8 port OC3 Line Module (Front Card)
4 port OC3 Line Module (Front Card)
4 port OC3 Line Module (Front Card)
2 port OC12 Line Module (Front Card)
2 port OC12 Line Module (Front Card)
1 port OC12 Line Module (Front Card)
12 port T3 Line Module (Front Card)
12 port T3 Line Module (Front Card)
8 port T3 Line Module (Front Card)
12 port E3 Line Module (Front Card)
12 port E3 Line Module (Front Card)
8 port E3 Line Module (Front Card)
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
B
D
D
B
B
B
B
A0
A0
A0
A0
A0
A0
A0
A0
A0
A0
A0
A0
A0
FW
Rev
MEK
MEK
MEK
MEK
MEK
MEK
MEK
MEK
MEK
MEK
MEK
MEK
MEK
MEK
MEK
MEK
MEK
MEK
MEK
MEK
MEK
MEK
Front Card for APS Compatibility
Model Num
Description
BXM-155-4
BXM-155-8
BXM-622
4 port OC3 Line Module (Front Card)
8 port OC3 Line Module (Front Card)
1 port OC12 Line Module (Front Card)
FW HW
model Rev
E
E
E
C
C
E
FW
Rev
MEK
MEK
MEK
9.2.38 Version Software Release Notes Cisco WAN Switching System Software
114
OL-xxxxx-xx
Appendix A BXM Firmware MEK Release Notes
REVIEW DRAFT—CISCO CONFIDENTIAL
FW HW
model Rev
Model Num
Description
BXM-622-2
BXM-155-8DX
BXM-155-8D
BXM-155-4DX
BXM-155-4D
BXM-622-2DX
BXM-622-2D
BXM-622-DX
2 port OC12 Line Module (Front Card)
8 port OC3 Line Module (Front Card)
8 port OC3 Line Module (Front Card)
4 port OC3 Line Module (Front Card)
4 port OC3 Line Module (Front Card)
2 port OC12 Line Module (Front Card)
2 port OC12 Line Module (Front Card)
1 port OC12 Line Module (Front Card)
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
A0
A0
A0
A0
A0
A0
A0
FW
Rev
MEK
MEK
MEK
MEK
MEK
MEK
MEK
MEK
Back Cards
Model Num
Description
HW Rev FW Rev
MMF-155-4
MMF-155-8
SMF-155-4
SMF-155-8
SMFLR-155-4
SMFLR-155-8
SMF-622
SMF-622-2
SMFLR-622
SMFLR-622-2
XLR-622
XLR-622-2
BPX-T3/E3-12
BPX-T3/E3-8
RDNT-LR-622-2
RDNT-SM-622-2
RDNT-SM-622
4 port multi-mode fiber back card
8 port multi-mode fiber back card
4 port single-mode fiber intermediate-reach back card
8 port single-mode fiber intermediate-reach back card
4 port single-mode fiber long-reach back card
4 port single-mode fiber long-reach back card
1 port intermediate-reach OC12 back card
2 port intermediate-reach OC12 back card
1 port long-reach OC12 back card
2 port long-reach OC12 back card
1 port extra long-reach OC12 back card
2 port extra long-reach OC12 back card
12 port T3/E3 back card
8 port T3/E3 back card
2 port long-reach OC12 redundant back card
2 port intermediate reach OC12 redundant back cards
1 port intermediate reach OC12 redundant back cards
RDNT-LR-155-8 8 port long-reach OC3 redundant back cards
RDNT-SM-155-4 4 port intermediate-reach OC3 redundant back cards
RDNT-SM-155-8 8 port intermediate-reach OC3 redundant back cards
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
na
na
na
na
na
na
na
na
na
na
na
na
na
na
na
na
na
na
na
na
9.2.38 Version Software Release Notes Cisco WAN Switching System Software
OL-xxxxx-xx
115
Appendix A BXM Firmware MEK Release Notes
REVIEW DRAFT—CISCO CONFIDENTIAL
New Features supported in BXM Firmware MEK
There is no new feature in release MEK
New Features supported in BXM Firmware MEJ
•
For APS ITUT Annex A, SF and SD conditions are sent with high priorty. In all other ITUT and
GR-253 configurations SF and SD conditions are sent with low priority. This is per specifications.
New Features supported in BXM Firmware MEH
•
BootCore enhancement to support multi-vendor flash-SIMMs
•
1 msec granularity for tstdelay measurement.
New Features supported in BXM Firmware MEF
There is no new feature in release MEF
New Features supported in BXM Firmware MEE
There is no new feature in release MEE
New Features supported in BXM Firmware MED
There is no new feature in release MED
New Features supported in BXM Firmware MEC
There is no new feature in release MEC
New Features supported in BXM Firmware MEB
There is no new feature in release MEB
New Features supported in BXM Firmware MEA
1.
VSI version 2.2 (single partition)
2.
ITUT Annex B and configurable Signal Degrade (SD) and Signal Failure (SF) thresholds for
SONET Linear APS on BXM-OC3 and BXM-OC12 (1+1, 2 card, 1:1).
The current default thresholds are as follows:
9.2.38 Version Software Release Notes Cisco WAN Switching System Software
116
OL-xxxxx-xx
Appendix A BXM Firmware MEK Release Notes
REVIEW DRAFT—CISCO CONFIDENTIAL
BIP count
Condition
10^-4
SF detected
10^-5
SD detected & SF clear
10^-6
SD clear & SF clear
New Features supported in BXM Firmware MDA
1.
Support for Virtual Trunking
2.
Support for BXM Multi-Level Channel Statistics
3.
SONET Linear APS on BXM-OC3 and BXM-OC12 (1+1, 2 card, 1:1)
4.
Support for card based LMI and ILMI
1.
The OC-3 MultiMode Fiber backcards do not support Y-cable redundancy.
2.
Upgrade from VSI 1.1 to VSI 2.2 is supported in this release. See upgrade section on page 11.
Clarifications:
Special Installation/Upgrade Requirements
BXM cards with M.C.B/M.D.A or a later firmware supports Y-redundancy. All the images with
Y-redundancy can be smoothly migrated from one revision to other. E.g., to migrate the M.E.J version
of firmware by using y-cable redundancy, upgrade a BXM card pair in y-red configuration, first upgrade
the standby card with the MEK firmware version and wait for all the configuration to be downloaded
into the card. Do a switchyred to switch to the card with firmware M.E.K and burn the other card also
with M.E.K firmware. Follow the standard firmware upgrade procedure for downloading and burning
the firmware into the cards.
Features obsoleted
VSI 1.0 is obsoleted by VSI 2.2 in this release.
Notes & Cautions
1.
M.E.K is fully compatible 9.2 Switch Software. It has not been tested for compatibility with 8.4,
8.5, or 9.1 Switch Software. It is compatible with IOS version 12.05t2 for MPLS
2.
While upgrading firmware on OC3 or 2-port OC12 BXM cards whose statistics level is greater than
1 (command dspnovram “Number of Channel stats:” shows 12 or higher), the upgrade should take
place according to one of the procedures below
•
Upgrading from firmware revision MEA or higher.
9.2.38 Version Software Release Notes Cisco WAN Switching System Software
OL-xxxxx-xx
117
Appendix A BXM Firmware MEK Release Notes
REVIEW DRAFT—CISCO CONFIDENTIAL
Step 1
Step 2
swsw should be upgraded to 9.2.30 or higher first,
upgrade the firmware to MEK.
•
Upgrading from firmware revision lower than MEA
Step 1
firmware should be upgraded to MEC
Step 2
upgrade the swsw to 9.2.30 or higher revision
Step 3
upgrade the firmware to MEK. to avoid the card mismatch.
3.
Burn firmware should not be interrupted. Card resets in the middle of burn firmware will result in
the BXM being maintained in the core state (Identified by blinking yellow LED), or failed state
(Identified by a solid red led). In this case the dspcds screen will report the card as FAILED. This
state can be recovered by reburning the firmware into the card.
4.
Protection Switching based on BER on BXM may not comply to standards. The GR-253 & ITU-T
G.783 requires that switching be completed within 60 msec from the time the error starts. BXM is
unable to detect BER threshold crossing until the next poll, which occurs every 250 msec. Thus,
switching time may be up to 250 msec under certain circumstances.
5.
In APS 1+1 default configuration, both backcard LEDs show green when primary card is active and
selection is from PROT line. When primary card is active and it is selecting from PROT, PROT
backcard should be green, since it is carrying traffic. WORK backcard should also be green since
that is the physical path for the primary (and active) card to pass traffic. So backcard LED green
means the backcard is directly or indirectly carrying traffic and pulling the backcard will cause
traffic disruption. (CSCdm53430)
6.
In APS 1+1 default configuration and a manual W->P is on and a switchyred is issued, a manual
W->P event is logged. By default, on switchyred the new active card comes up in “clear” state. But
in this case since there is a manual W->P on, the APS line switches to PROT and the switching is
logged. (CSCdm53404)
7.
In APS 1+1 default configuration if the selected line is PROT and last user request is clear and a
switchyred is issued, line switches to WORK. If the last user request is “clear”, full automatic APS
switching is in effect with the working line being active by default. When there is no last user switch
request to switch to any particular line, the working line will become active. (CSCdm53420)
8.
When APS Annex B is added to local end which has the Secondary card active, the APS trunk goes
into Comm Failure for few seconds and then clears. If Secondary card is active, then do a switchyred
to make Primary card active and then add APS Annex B. (CSCdm46359)
Known Anomalies
The following is the list of known anomalies for the BXM firmware:
9.2.38 Version Software Release Notes Cisco WAN Switching System Software
118
OL-xxxxx-xx
Appendix A BXM Firmware MEK Release Notes
REVIEW DRAFT—CISCO CONFIDENTIAL
CSCdp32247
Symptom: switchapsln/dsplog show no alarm at all but Popeye show alarms
Conditions:
CSCdp05098
Symptom: Cell discards occur for ABRFST/ABRSTD conns when the
traffic burst is greater than the MBS
Condition: This occurs when the traffic burst size is fixed to 140000 cells
at 70000 cps. The conn are configured with PCR=72000/72000,
MBS=1000/1000 and ICR 7200/7200. This is the expected behaviour since
the configured MBS < the actual burst size.
Workaround: Increase the MBS and ICR using cnfcon.
Bugs Fixed in MEK
The following bugs are fixed between MEJ & MEK.
CSCdt58185
Symptom:
The CESM-E8 dropped cells after 1/2 hrs. (When closely observed one can
See there is a clock synchronisation problem).
Conditions:
When selecting a clock from the trunk or passing the sync along the trunk.
BXM-OC3-D or DX (enhanced) card did not behave properly.
Workaround:
Use any other type of BXM card except for the BXM-OC3 enhanced.
Note : Although in this time frame there were some other bug fixes were checkedin, this release does
not contain them. This release was specially made to fix the problem at a customer site. To make sure
there are not further variables the other bug fixes were not included.
9.2.38 Version Software Release Notes Cisco WAN Switching System Software
OL-xxxxx-xx
119
Appendix A BXM Firmware MEK Release Notes
REVIEW DRAFT—CISCO CONFIDENTIAL
Bugs Fixed in MEJ
The following bugs are fixed between MEH & MEJ
CSCdr19696
Symptom: User never gets to know when the line is out of SD/SF
condition.Both the aps lines always show in OK state in dspapsln.
Condition: APS Line switches to stby line because of SD/SF condtion.
dspapsln will still show OK for both the lines. This way, user will never get
to know when this linehas comeout of SD/SF condtion.
Workaround: Use rsh command to get all the aps line’s status.
CSCdp87443
Symptom : The APS switch to working lines after finished burned FW.
Conditions:
Workaround: Upgrade to MEJ or newer version firmware
CSCdr55491
Symptom: Disconnect the working line of APS 1:1 lines will cause the
active line is protective line and it is working fine after APS line
switching.major alarm (Path Unavailable Secs.) on the trunk or line via this
APS line pair.Also, the active APS line has the alarm "Path Unavailable"
even the real.
Conditions :This problem only happens in 9.3 and APS 1:1 mode.
Workaround:
1. addapsln to APS 1:1 mode and uptrk or upln using upped APS line.
2. make sure the active line is working line, if not, switchapsln to manually
switch it.
3. pull out the Rx cable of working line. the APS switching should happen.
4. the active line should be protective line after switching.
5. the "Active Line Alarm Status" is "Path Unavailable" and the trunk or
line has major alarm "Path Unavailable Secs."
6. pull back the Rx cable of working line, alarms is gone.
CSCdp67775
Symptom : APS does not clear last user request after SF switch
Conditions: Jan 1999 edition of GR-253-CORE (issue 2, Revision 2,
section 5-92 which supercedes the document you are quoting)
Workaround: Upgrade to MEJ or newer version of firmware
Bugs Fixed in MEH
The following bugs are fixed between MEF & MEH
9.2.38 Version Software Release Notes Cisco WAN Switching System Software
120
OL-xxxxx-xx
Appendix A BXM Firmware MEK Release Notes
REVIEW DRAFT—CISCO CONFIDENTIAL
CSCdp63445
Symptom: ABR and UBR connections loose traffic when VC shaping is
turned on.
Condition: Enabling of VC shaping on port terminating ABR and UBR
connections
Workaround: Leave VC shaping disabled.
CSCdp62213
Symptom: Switching from bi-dir to uni-dir mode APS generates APS
architecture mismatch error
Condition: When APS pair is configured from bi-dir mode to uni-dir mode
the other side indicates APS architecture mismatch error, and then the other
side is also configured from bi-dir mode to uni-dir mode, the APS
architecture mismatch error does not clear.
Workaround: delete APS and then add APS again - it defaults to uni-dir
CSCdp46399
Symptom: Need a documentation explains how to setup port groups for
FW MEF (me26)
Condition: .
Workaround: .
CSCdr11396
Symptom: All user data is dropped when send in 960 cps of OAM
Condition : Data transfer has affected while running OAM loopback
Workaround: Upgrade to MEH or newer version of firmware
CSCdr11511
Symtom : Different behaviour for segment and end-to-end OAM loopback
Conditions :
Workaround: Upgrade to MEH or newer version of firmware
CSCdr13151
Symptom : dspportstats always show TX port=0
Conditions : sending in >= 960 cps of oam loopback cell
Workaround : Upgrade to MEH or newer version of firmware
CSCdr13182
Symptom : tstdelay fails for all PVCs when they are > 960 cps of OAM
Conditions: When user sending in >= 960 cps of oam loopback cells
Workaround: Upgrade to MEH or newer version of firmware
CSCdr13196
Symptom : Too many SWERR 105 when running OAM test
Conditions: SWERR 105 logged while running OAM loopback test
Workaround:Upgrade to MEH or newer version of firmware
CSCdr13208
Symptom: Too many OAM cells causes CD errors
Conditions :One PVC has 2880 cps of data and 960 cps of oam cells and
Another PVC has 2880 cps of data and 960 cps of oam cells,
Workaround:Upgrade to MEH or newer version of firmware
9.2.38 Version Software Release Notes Cisco WAN Switching System Software
OL-xxxxx-xx
121
Appendix A BXM Firmware MEK Release Notes
REVIEW DRAFT—CISCO CONFIDENTIAL
CSCdp09419
Symptom : Granularity of tstdelay is 17 ms
Conditions:
Workaround:Upgrade to MEH or newer version of firmware
CSCdr51875
Symptom : Virtual Trunking causing Unreachable
Conditions :
Workaround :Upgrade to MEH or newer version of firmware
Bugs Fixed in MEF
The following bugs are fixed between MEE & MEF
CSCdp58969
Symptom: cb_get.c CB_VPC_STATUS_POLL SoItcSend Failed upon VSI
Failure
Condition: When VSI receives and transmits lot of vsi message AAL5 drive
will get into deadlock problem if it had missed a DMA interrupt
Workaround: None. Upgrade to MEF or newer version of firmware
CSCdp57596
Symptom: CB_TASK on BXM goes into deadlock state causing VSI
session to be lost
Condition: This happens when both Ingress and Egress qe semaphore is
taken by IDLE_TASK and it never released in an error condition
Workaround:. None. Upgrade to MEF or newer versions of firmware.
CSCdp25220
Symptom: Avail Buffer on BXM = 0 on LVC flapping for xtag interfaces
Condition: Same as CSCdp58969. During this condition AAL5 driver
doesn’t release the transmission buffer.
Workaround: None. Upgrade to/MEF or newer versions of firmware
CSCdp59328
Symptom: EPD bit was not set for interslave control vc
Condition:When vsi get congestion (same as CSCdp58969)
Workaround: .None. Upgrade to/MEF or newer versions of firmware
CSCdp92916
Symptom: Commands executed on stdby card affect APS line
Condition:Series of commands excuted in stdby card affects APS line
Workaround: None.Upgrade to MEF or newer version of firmware
CSCdp39723
Symptom:Aps not functioning in 9.2.21 w/FW ME18@sprintf for
Bidirectional w/Nonrevertive
Condition:Reversion was happening due to spurious SF/SD events.Fixed by
setting the right values for SF/SD thresholds
Workaround:None.Upgrade to MEF or newer version of firmware
9.2.38 Version Software Release Notes Cisco WAN Switching System Software
122
OL-xxxxx-xx
Appendix A BXM Firmware MEK Release Notes
REVIEW DRAFT—CISCO CONFIDENTIAL
CSCdp20848
Symptom : SF switchover doesnot occur after dncd/upcd execution on
Annex B 1+1 APS
Condition:When the dncd command is executed, SWSW sends 0x27 CBUS
message. The handler for this message was putting the lines in loopback
and shutting down the laser. Also it was changing the line state in
SoCdDown() to DOWN state. This caused subsequent upcd (0x05/0x04)
message to re-initialize the lines disabling the S/UNI interrupts in the
process.
Workaround:None.Upgrade to MEF or newer version of firmware
CSCdp24224
Symptom: WTR does not occur after LOS recovery on protection line
Condition:The meaning of primary and secondary channels were changed
immediately upon switchover instead of waiting for the expiry of WTR.
This caused the clearing of the failure to be accounted against the secondary
channel and thus there was no WTR. Fixed by introducing a Preparation
switch mode where-in the current active channel will remain as the
secondary until a WTR occurs or a primary section mismatch pre-empts
that state. At the expiry of WTR, the preparation switch mode is complete
and the current active channel becomes the primary.
Workaround:None.Upgrade to MEF or newer version of firmware
CSCdp32646
Symptom:WTR Timer does not work and reversion occurs during SF
switchover
Condition:.Added a preparation switch mode where the current active
channel is the secondary channel. At the expiry of WTR, the secondary
channel is changed to the become the primary channel.
Workaround: None.Upgrade to MEF or newer version of firmware
CSCdp35156
Symptom:BPX APS reverts back to the working line before WTR time has
expired
Condition:TR was being pre-empted by a spurious SD condition. Fixed by
setting the right thresholds for SF/SD based on BER
Workaround:None.Upgrade to MEF or newer version of firmware
CSCdp60696
Symptom:Both lines fail when only one line in alarm
Condition: After the standby card comes out of reset, its S/UNI states are
not reliable for a period of 1.5 seconds and the S/UNI reports LOS clear on
the WORK line. This gets conveyed to the active card and then the Manual
switch gets priority and becomes the cuurent local request. This causes a
switch back to WORK. When the active card’s S/UNI monitors the WORK
line, it discovers that the line is in LOS and immediately switches back. The
oscillations continue and the line goes into LOCKOUT due to excessive
switching. In the Lockout mode only the WORK line is active and thus the
defect.
Workaround:None.Upgrade to MEF or newer version of firmware
9.2.38 Version Software Release Notes Cisco WAN Switching System Software
OL-xxxxx-xx
123
Appendix A BXM Firmware MEK Release Notes
REVIEW DRAFT—CISCO CONFIDENTIAL
CSCdp65320
Symptom: Need a trap when BPX puts APS in lockout
Condition:Send the the traps in the right sequence. First send the Lockout
trap and then the failed to switch trap if there is a switch attempt while
lockout is in effect.
Workaround:None.Upgrade to MEF or newer version of firmware
CSCdp25130
Symptom:APS Non-revertive bidirectional feature
Condition:Resolved
Workaround: None
CSCdp50624
Symptom:SVCs in progress get released when standby bxm is pulled
Condition:When the standby card reset, the pending number of tcbs agains
grows more than 40 and retransmits to stdby card for 2 seconds.Because of
this master couldn’t get response since no buffer and timeout.
Workaround:None.Upgrade to MEF or newer version of firmware
CSCdp79156
Symptom:TDP signalling cross connect VSI request rejected by BXM
Condition: If BPX is configured with trunks and virtual trunks the virtual
trunks are intialized properly with qbin size.
Workaround:None.Upgrade to MEF or newer version of firmware
CSCdp62213
Symptom:Switching from bi-direction APS to un-directional APS
generates mismatch err
Condition:The alarms generated while the line was in bi-dir mode was not
cleared when itwas changed to uni-dir mode. Fixed by clearing all alarms
when re-configuringthe lines.None.
Workaround:None.Upgrade to MEF or newer version of firmware
CSCdp89972
Symptom:Node rebuild caused 3 BXM cards failed
Condition:Moved the allocation and initialization of the Connection
database to the SoCoEnterStandby function instead of in the 0x50 handler
(SoCdUp)
Workaround:None.Upgrade to MEF or newer version of firmware
CSCdp86147
Symptom: The removal of Rx cable of APS trunk leading to loss of Frm and
Prot Sw Byt Fail
Condition:While removing the Rx cable of APS working line (configured
to trunk) working line goes to Loss of Frm and dsptrks shows the trunk in
alarm . After connecting cable back the APS Alarm status shows "Prot Sw
Byt FAIL"
Workaround:None.Upgrade to MEF or newer version of firmware
CSCdp84386
Symptom: Connectivity w/BXM lost due to missing DMA completion
interrupts
Condition: Aal5 driver will be in deadlock and never transmits and
receives.
Workaround:None.Upgrade to MEF or newer version of firmware
9.2.38 Version Software Release Notes Cisco WAN Switching System Software
124
OL-xxxxx-xx
Appendix A BXM Firmware MEK Release Notes
REVIEW DRAFT—CISCO CONFIDENTIAL
CSCdp38148
Symptom:Resetcd slot 11 on BPX causes local APS switching
Condition: re-impose the selector and bridge states on both ACTIVE and
STANDBY cards aftera Y-red switchover, re-discover the line states and
re-execute and external requests.Also include a STABILITY timer before
the line state is processed.
Workaround: None.Upgrade to MEF or newer version of firmware
CSCdm92931
Symptom: APS line switchover occurs upone card removal when lockout is
set
Condition:
Workaround: None Upgrade to MEF or newer version of firmware
CSCdp49749
Symptom: node unreachable after resetting two nodes in the network
Condition:
Workaround: None
CSCdp49640
Symptom: When FCES feature enable on BXM NNI data transfer stops
Condition: The ABR parameters like NRM,CRM,FRTT,MCR,ICR were
not getting programmed when the FCES is turned on using th cnfcon
command.Adding the Connection with the FCES enabled behaved
properly.
Workaround: None
CSCdm62817
Symptom: tstconseg command sometimes does not work.
Condition: execute tstconseg multiple times with high loop count (10).
Workaround: None
CSCdm84853
Symptom: BW reported via interface load info is erroneous.
Condition: When Forward & Backward BW for VSI connections is
different.
Workaround: None
Bugs Fixed in MEE
The following bugs are fixed between MED & MEE
CSCdp40682
Symptom: BPX becomes un-reachable when slot 11 was active
Condition: Excessive APS switching occurs and node aborts when a software loopback
is applied on an APS line with W and P cables pulled.
Workaround: Do not perform addlnlocrmtlp on an APS pair
CSCdp38148
Symptom: resetcd slot 11 on BPX causes local APS switch
Condition: When ACTIVE (and PRIMARY) card is monitoring the PROT line and
STANDBY (and SECONDARY) card is monitoring WORK line, if the ACTIVE card
is reset, then the SECONDARY card comes up as active and switches to WORK line
by default
Workaround:. None. Upgrade to MED or newer versions of firmware.
9.2.38 Version Software Release Notes Cisco WAN Switching System Software
OL-xxxxx-xx
125
Appendix A BXM Firmware MEK Release Notes
REVIEW DRAFT—CISCO CONFIDENTIAL
CSCdp25220
Symptom: APS K2 bytes do not have the right info
Condition: When BPX APS pair is connected to an APS test equipment, the test
equipment does not see a match between the sent K1 channel and the received K2
channel
Workaround: None. Upgrade to ME27/MEF or newer versions of firmware
CSCdp45555
Symptom: APS: signal degrade and signal fail threshold does not work
Condition: Configuring of SD and SD thresholds do not work on BXM-E cards
Workaround: Use defaults.
CSCdp52921
Symptom: BPX node sometimes sees signal degrade when run switchyred
Condition: Performing switchyred cause the line to stay stuck in SD condition
Workaround: Perform switchyred again
Bugs Fixed in MED
The following bugs are fixed in MED
CSCdm53420
Symptom: switchyred causes APS line to switch when last user request is clear
Condition: APS 1+1 configuration. The protection line was active and the "last user
switch request" was clear. When a switchyred was performed, APS line switched to
working line active
Workaround:
CSCdm93274
Symptom: OC3 back card LED is wrong after reset/pull cards
Condition: Multiple APS lines on a card and perform switchyred when Working line is
active and Secondary card is active
Workaround: None.
CSCdm04312
Symptom: The problem is a false failure is declared against the SIMBA Multicast
Record RAM.
Condition: The problem occurs when Self Test is activated against a Y-Redundant pair
of BME Cards (BXM-622 cards loaded with the multicast BME firmware) that have
more than 1000 connections programmed through them.
Workaround: Disable Self Test via the cnftstparm command.
CSCdm50659
Symptom: Trunk alarms are not generated when random bit errors are injected onto a
trunk using an Adtech Sx14 test set at a rate of 10E-3. There are trunk statistics
generated but no trunk alarm because the statistics that cause alarms on do not meet the
threshold for MAJOR or MINOR alarms.
9.2.38 Version Software Release Notes Cisco WAN Switching System Software
126
OL-xxxxx-xx
Appendix A BXM Firmware MEK Release Notes
REVIEW DRAFT—CISCO CONFIDENTIAL
CSCdm50659
Symptom: Trunk alarms are not generated when random bit errors are injected onto
a trunk using an Adtech Sx14 test set at a rate of 10E-3. There are trunk statistics
generated but no trunk alarm because the statistics that cause alarms on do not meet the
threshold for MAJOR or MINOR alarms.
Condition: This was generated in a lab environment with test equipment that was set to
inject bit errors randomly through the entire bandwidth. Some HCS errors were
generated as well as Path unavailable and Path Farend unavailable.
Workaround: Lowering the alarm threshold for MAJOR and MINOR HCS errors can
help to generate a trunk alarm. Use the cnflnalm command and modify the Hcserr
alarm thresholds to.01 for MAJOR and.0001 for MINOR. These thresholds are as low
as they can be set currently.
CSCdk42527
Symptom: Rx Queue becomes full after LOS on the feeder trunk
Condition: After LOS condition on the feeder trunk
Workaround: Reset the feeder trunk
CSCdm16505
Symptom: AIS not sent on VP ABRFST/ABRSTD connection
Condition: LOS on trunk between 2 nodes
Workaround: none
CSCdm81534
Symptom: ICR of abrfst on BXM-155 falls down to MCR after resetcd
Condition: Change the ICR after resetcd before start sending traffic
Workaround: None
CSCdm61493
Symptom: When BIP8 errors are received on an E3 line or trunk at a rate of 10E-3,
the line or trunk will not declare any alarm.
Condition: When high rates of BIP8 errors are received.
Workaround: None.
CSCdk81384
Symptom: BXM slot errors keeps on incrementing on a BCC3 node, but the reading
of ’EAP ARFD’ should only be interpreted when using the dual receiver feature on a
BCC4 node.
Condition: BXM slot errors on a BCC3 node
Workaround: None
CSCdk80483
Symptom: TX cell loss counts in dsptrkerrs increase continuously.
Condition: When there is trunk configured.
Workaround: None.
CSCdm04312
Symptom: The problem is a false failure is declared against the SIMBA Multicast
Record RAM.
Condition: The problem occurs when Self Test is activated against a Y-Redundant pair
of BME Cards (BXM-622 cards loaded with the multicast BME firmware) that have
more than 1000 connections programmed through them.
Workaround: Disable Self Test via the cnftstparm command.
CSCdm09295
Symptom: Reconfig of FCES from enable to disable does not work, as a result traffic
burst is restricted to MCR.
Condition: Every time changing an existing connection from FCES enable to disable.
Workaround: delete the connection and add back a new one with FCES disable
CSCdm39186
Symptom: Card fatal error occurred when running in standby mode under the heat
condition. As a result, the card reset periodically.
Condition: Card running in standby mode under heat condition
Workaround: none
9.2.38 Version Software Release Notes Cisco WAN Switching System Software
OL-xxxxx-xx
127
Appendix A BXM Firmware MEK Release Notes
REVIEW DRAFT—CISCO CONFIDENTIAL
CSCdm09882
Symptom: Log non fatal message releated to the RCMP errors
Condition: It is mainly seen in the heat chamber
Workaround: Please make sure the TEST FREQUENCY and TIMEOUT variables
under cnftstparm for BXM are set to 4000/3700 level.
CSCdm31923
Symptom: AIS/YEL alarm doesn’t go away even after the alarm is clear from the
other end
Condition: It happens on the E3 when the LOOP TIME parameter is set to YES in the
trunk or line configuration
Workaround: none
CSCdm92916
Symptom: Operational commands (dncd, resetcd, remove) on standby card impact
active APS line
When active line is PROT line and a switchover of cards occur, WORK
line becomes active line on the newly active cards.
Conditions:APS 1+1 Annex B and PROT is active line. switchyred or resetcd on the
active card causes line to switchover from PROT to WORK.
Workaround: none
CSCdm92931
Symptom: APS line switchover occurs upon card removal/insertion when lockout is set
Conditions: When Lockout is set, removing/inserting the card makes it happen.
CSCdm52585
Symptom: DspVsiPartInfo shows very large Available LCN field.
Condition: When the sum of min-lcns is greater than the max(max lcns) on a port
group.
Workaround: none.
CSCdp18840
Symptom:The CBR.2 Calls do not pass traffic above 50 Cells/second.
Condition:VSI controller establishes CBR.2 connection and it does not fill in the PCR
field.
Workaround:Fill the PCR value aslo with the CR value.
CSCdp17741
Symptom:2-portgroup card reports 1 port group at the channel stats level 2 and 3.
Condition:When channel stats level 2 or 3 are configured on BXm-622-2 port and
BXM-155 reports only one port group.
Workaround: Auto Route connections are not affected by this. But for VSI connections
there is no work arround.
CSCdp22930
Symptoms :Intlock missing for rd/wr operation
Workaround:
Reassert intLock on commbus ISR to prevent SCC access from getting interrupted
CSCdp33894
Symptom:standby APS line shows status as Path AIS upon switchyred or on APS
switchover on LOS
Conditions: switchyred on APS, the prot. line report Path AIS
Workaround: NONE. upgrade to ME26/MED or later versions of BXM firmware
CSCdp36324
Symptom: last user request affects switching on BPX.
Conditions:
Workaround:
CSCdp31325
Symptom: UBR cells are policed unncessarily below PCR.
Conditions: Always.
Workaround: none.
9.2.38 Version Software Release Notes Cisco WAN Switching System Software
128
OL-xxxxx-xx
Appendix A BXM Firmware MEK Release Notes
REVIEW DRAFT—CISCO CONFIDENTIAL
CSCdp36155
Symptom:BXM-E OC3/OC12 does not show supporting APS HW 1+1 in dspcd
command and otherwise also.
Condition:BXM-E OC3/ OC12 card with HW rev < ’C’
Workaround: None.
CSCdp32853
Symptom:The BXM enhanced cards keep getting reset and card errors are logged and
node may go into degraded mode, when command "addapsln slot1.port1 slot2.port2 1"
is issued.
Condition: BXM enhanced OC3 cards with 4 port and FW rel earlier that
M.E.22/M.F.09
Workaround:
1.Do not addapsln on second port onwards for BXM-E OC3 4 port card.
OR
2. Replace the BXM-E 4 port card with 8 ports card.
CSCdp17741
Symptom:2-portgroup card reports 1 port group at the channel stats level 2 and 3.
Condition:When channel stats level 2 or 3 are configured on BXm-622-2 port and
BXM-155 reports only one port group.
Workaround:Auto Route connections are not affected by this. But for VSI connections
there is no work around.
CSCdp11025
Symptom:Use the "dspapsln" to get the screen to dsiplay apsln
status.When the working line is taken out the LOS appears on the working line.
when the protection line is taken out both the working and protection display
LOS. When the protection line is put back in the LOS/Alarms on the protection
should clear. They do not.
Conditions:
Physically remove and add the rx or both rx and tx lines as follows:
1- remove the working line.
2- remove the protection line.
3- Add the protection line back.
Workaround
None
CSCdm73220
Symptom: Trunks or Virtual Trunks does not allow traffic going through.
Condition: SWSW 9.1 with ME level of firmware. Trunks or VTs configured on
BXM/BXM-E.
Work around: None
Bugs Fixed in MEC
The following bugs are fixed in MEC
9.2.38 Version Software Release Notes Cisco WAN Switching System Software
OL-xxxxx-xx
129
Appendix A BXM Firmware MEK Release Notes
REVIEW DRAFT—CISCO CONFIDENTIAL
CSCdm66131
Symptom:
After addapsln trunk goes to LOS
Condition:
Both ends have secondary card active, add aps 1+1 to one end, then add aps to the other
end, the trunk sometimes goes into LOS.
Workaround:
CSCdm64366
Symptom:
APS 1+1 manual switch sometimes does not work after a while after several manual
switch and auto switch.
Condition: Secondary card is active and several manual switch and auto switches are
performed.
Workaround:
CSCdm62809
Symptom:
APS 1+1 bidirectional non-revertive switches back to working line when line condition
clears on working.
Condition:
APS 1+1 configured in bidirection non-revertive mode.
Working line is in LOS, current active line is protection, clear LOS on working line.
Workaround:
CSCdm69974
Symptom:
Card errors (0x25170076) occur when only one Virtual Trunk is configured in a
physical port.
Workaround:
CSCdm65813
Symptom: APS switches back o working line incorrectly.
Condition: switch seqeunce W->P, P->W and then W->P, then cause LOS on WORK
line and put the cable back, APS switches to Working line.
Workaround:
CSCdm77212
Symptom: When addshelf command is executed, it comes back with a communication
breakdown.
Condition: chanel level stats is set to 0 so that BXM reports wrong max channels.
Workaround:
CSCdm74316
Symptom: Re-adding VSI shelf does not work until a resetcd is executed on the LSC
control port.
Condition: Load information on an interface is 4 bytes more that MAX_VSI_MSG,
So the message gets dropped on BXM, so VSI controller is in discovery state
forever.
Workaround:
9.2.38 Version Software Release Notes Cisco WAN Switching System Software
130
OL-xxxxx-xx
Appendix A BXM Firmware MEK Release Notes
REVIEW DRAFT—CISCO CONFIDENTIAL
CSCdm75722
Symptom: No control VC after BXM is reset.
Condition: When resync request comes down from the VSI controller with 19
checksum blocks,the length check done on BXM does not include padding.
Workaround:
CSCdm74968
Symptom: 0B card error causing BXM to reset
Condition: Over night jobs running on controller cards.
Workaround:
CSCdp02190
Symptom: tstdelay timed out when going through BNI trunk
Condition: more that 12 VTs on an interface causes wrong port-vi mapping while
considering STI_SHIFT/NO_SHIFT from 13 th VT/port onwards.
Workaround:
CSCdm78335
Symptom: dspvsistatus rarely shows the VSI programming status as Done
Condition: primary and seconday port has two different VPI range.
Workaround:
CSCdm26752
Symptom: Card errors continuously logged with “SoItcSend failed” message.
Condition: RAS oam_lpbk is on and switchyred is executed several times in a job.
Workaround:
CSCdm93839
Symptom: Card resets on receiving oam loopback cells at high rate
Condition: oamlpbk is enabled with high oam traffic on large number of connections.
Workaround:
CSCdm52254
Symptom: BIP-8 code errs occurrs on routing trunks
Condition: T3 card used in HEC mode can randomly have this problem.
Workaround:
CSCdm44183
Symptom: BXM-155 4DX was not able to recover after reseting the card
Condition: Traffic is sent at a rate >= 383 cps on a terminated connection on BXM-E
card and then card is reset.
Workaround:
CSCdm90997
Symptom: BXM-E trunk and port stats are always zero in TX direction.
Condition: port terminated on BXM-E card or trunk passing through BXM-E card.
Workaround:
9.2.38 Version Software Release Notes Cisco WAN Switching System Software
OL-xxxxx-xx
131
Appendix A BXM Firmware MEK Release Notes
REVIEW DRAFT—CISCO CONFIDENTIAL
CSCdm80991
Symptom: Unable to add 3 segment connections using CM GUI
Condition: feeder connected to BXM card of BPX routing node and for, BXM trunk
onfiguration, ILMI/LMI protocol is enabled as CARD based.
Workaround:
CSCdm82688
Symptom: raffic Shaping problems with VT with and without raparound solution
Condition: arge deviations in CDV values
Workaround:
CSCdm94372
Symptom: Trunks sometimes drop cbr traffic
(see explanation
below)
Condition: If a trunk is configured to full line rate on BXM ards, then traffic is dropped
CSCdp00063
Symptom: Node unreachability is experienced on VTs (virtual trunks)
Workaround:
Condition: Multiple VTs are configured on a trunk interface of the BXM/BXM-E
Workaround: onfigure only one VT per trunk interface
Logic to calculate actual cell transmission rate in a BXM card is as follows (CSCdm94372):
if (configured cell rate == full line cell rate) then
transmitted cell rate = full line cell rate
else
transmitted cell rate = from equation below or from table 1
1470588
transmitted – cell – rate = -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------1470588
1 -⎞
⎛ integer – round – up ⎛ ------------------------------------------------------------⎞ + -------⎝
⎝ configured – cell – rate⎠ 256⎠
example:
if a trunk is configured at 100,000 CPS, the actual transmitted cell rate is then 98,013 CPS
any traffic sent over 98,013 CPS would be discarded.
Therefore, only rates in the table or computed from the equation should be used.
Otherewise cell loss may be experienced.
9.2.38 Version Software Release Notes Cisco WAN Switching System Software
132
OL-xxxxx-xx
Appendix A BXM Firmware MEK Release Notes
REVIEW DRAFT—CISCO CONFIDENTIAL
Table 1: BXM Transmitted Cell Rate
1464865
56552
28832
19348
14559
11670
9738
8355
733860
54458
28278
19097
14416
11579
9674
8308
489558
52513
27744
18852
14277
11488
9611
8261
367288
50703
27231
18614
14139
11399
9549
8215
293888
49013
26736
18381
14005
11311
9487
8169
244938
47432
26258
18154
13872
11225
9426
8124
209966
45950
25798
17933
13743
11140
9366
8079
183733
44558
25353
17717
13616
11056
9307
8035
163327
43247
24923
17506
13491
10974
9248
7992
147001
42012
24508
17300
13368
10892
9190
7948
133642
40845
24106
17099
13248
10812
9133
7906
122509
39741
23717
16902
13129
10733
9077
7863
113088
38695
23341
16710
13013
10656
9021
7822
105012
37703
22976
16522
12899
10579
8966
7780
98013
36761
22623
16339
12787
10503
8912
7739
91889
35864
22280
16159
12677
10429
8858
7699
86485
35010
21947
15983
12568
10355
8805
7659
81681
34196
21625
15812
12462
10283
8753
7619
77383
33419
21311
15643
12357
10212
8701
7580
73515
32676
21007
15479
12254
10141
8650
7541
70014
31966
20711
15318
12153
10072
8599
7502
66833
31286
20423
15160
12053
10003
8549
7464
63927
30634
20143
15005
11955
9936
8500
7427
61264
30009
19871
14853
11859
9869
8451
7389
58814
29409
19606
14705
11764
9803
8403
7352
9.2.38 Version Software Release Notes Cisco WAN Switching System Software
OL-xxxxx-xx
133
Appendix A BXM Firmware MEK Release Notes
REVIEW DRAFT—CISCO CONFIDENTIAL
Bugs Fixed in MEB
The following is the list of bugs fixed in release MEB.
CSCdm50469
Symptom:
Software error 105 and malloc card errors happened continuously
Condition:
When jobs that cause reroutes of connections (e.g. switchcc, hitless rebuild)
are run for a long time, sometimes BXM card freezes with malloc card
errors and software error 105.
Workaround:
None
CSCdm50723
Symptom:
After deleting APS, switchyred causes temporary LOS when the other end
still has APS.
Condition:
One end has APS 1+1, other end was added with APS 1+1 and line is up
between the two ends. Then APS is deleted from one end. The primary card
is active on non APS end. On switchyred on the non APS end there is a
temporary LOS. If APS was never added to one end, then switchyred does
not result in temporary LOS.
Workaround:
Instead of deleting APS first and then doing a switchyred, do a switchyred
first and then delete APS. This does not result in temporary LOS.
CSCdm63038
Symptom:
BXM card fails with breakpoint error.
Condition:
When tx cell rate of a trunk is reduced to zero, BXM card fails with break
point error (division by zero).
Workaround:
None
9.2.38 Version Software Release Notes Cisco WAN Switching System Software
134
OL-xxxxx-xx
Appendix A BXM Firmware MEK Release Notes
REVIEW DRAFT—CISCO CONFIDENTIAL
Bugs Fixed in release MEA
The following is the list of bugs fixed in release MEA:
CSCdm09882
Symptom:
Log non fatal message related to RCMP errors.
Condition:
It is mainly seen in the heat chamber.
Workaround:
None
CSCdm18186
Symptom:
AIS status could be randomly be displayed in dspcon
Condition:
When the connection AIS signal is constantly changing, the
dspcon/dspchstats OAM status will not be accurate for all the connections
on the card.
Workaround:
None
CSCdm26380
Symptom:
Software error 9098 occured during switchyred BXM
Condition:
This problem occurs on cards with the APS channels halved option set and
then doing a cnfrsrc on a port that belongs to the second port group. Note
that this fix will cause a card mismatch on active cards with channel halved
option turned on.
Workaround:
None
CSCdm31923
Symptom:
AIS/YEL alarm doesn’t go away even after the alarm is clear from the other
end.
Condition:
It happens on the E3 when the LOOP TIME parameter is set to YES in the
trunk or line configuration.
Workaround:
None
9.2.38 Version Software Release Notes Cisco WAN Switching System Software
OL-xxxxx-xx
135
Appendix A BXM Firmware MEK Release Notes
REVIEW DRAFT—CISCO CONFIDENTIAL
CSCdm37519
Symptom:
Trunks go to Communication Fail after burning firmware.
Condition:
When MC10 is burnt into BXM-OC12 with trunks .
Workaround:
None
CSCdm37709
Symptom:
APS line fails to clear channel mismatch after lockout.
Condition:
Bi-direction APS 1+1. Local end has locked out of protection set. Then
WORK cable is pulled out on local end to cause LOS. Lockout is then
cleared and then the WORK cable is put back. This causes a channel
mismatch on the far end and the mismatch never clears.
Workaround:
None
CSCdm38647
Symptom: This bug has been fixed in MEA such that the firmware reports
the correct number of port groups. The side effect of this fix is that the
Switch Software could mismatch the BXM card. If there is a card mismatch
then down all the lines/trunks on the card and up them again.
Condition: When the user loads the MEA firmware on the BXM card
running MDA with APS halved channeled enabled, then the card will come
up in mismatched state.
Workaround:
None
CSCdm46658
Symptom:
switchapsln command does not work for APS AnnexB line.
Condition:
Annex B configuration if hitless rebuild is done when active line is PROT,
then switchapsln does not work after hitless rebuild.
Workaround:
None
Bugs Fixed in release MDA
The following is the list of bugs fixed in release MDA:
9.2.38 Version Software Release Notes Cisco WAN Switching System Software
136
OL-xxxxx-xx
Appendix A BXM Firmware MEK Release Notes
REVIEW DRAFT—CISCO CONFIDENTIAL
CSCdm38647
Symptom:
MDA fw may report incorrect number of port-groups when APS channels
are set to halved.
Condition:
When user attempts to add all the channels available on the card on one
port-group, it may be allowed even though the BXM may not have enough
memory to support it. Also, this may cause a mismatch state when MDB
firmware is burnt.
Workaround:
Down all the line/trunks on the card and up them again.
CSCdm23713
Symptom:
VI numbers are not modified by firmware.
Condition:
When one or more trunks are failed in the network, there may be a
combreak in the network.
Workaround:
Set all the Virtual trunks to restrict CC traffic.
CSCdm23827
Symptom:
APS alarm may clear on switchyred.
Condition:
After a switchyred, an existing a LOS/LOF alarm may get cleared. This will
only happen when the line has switched to protection before the card
switchover is performed.
Workaround:
None
CSCdm23752
Symptom:
BXM fw does not allow a networking channel on VTs to configured for
egress only.
Condition:
BXM fw allowed configuration of networking channel to be bidirectional
only.
Workaround:
None
9.2.38 Version Software Release Notes Cisco WAN Switching System Software
OL-xxxxx-xx
137
Appendix A BXM Firmware MEK Release Notes
REVIEW DRAFT—CISCO CONFIDENTIAL
Firmware Filenames and Sizes
Filename
Size
BXMMEK.000
65536
BXMMEK.001
65536
BXMMEK.002
65536
BXMMEK.003
65536
BXMMEK.004
65536
BXMMEK.005
65536
BXMMEK.006
65536
BXMMEK.007
65536
BXMMEK.008
65536
BXMMEK.009
65536
BXMMEK.010
65536
BXMMEK.011
65536
BXMMEK.012
65536
BXMMEK.013
65536
BXMMEK.014
65536
BXMMEK.015
65536
BXMMEK.016
65536
BXMMEK.017
65536
BXMMEK.018
65536
BXMMEK.019
65536
BXMMEK.020
65536
BXMMEK.021
65536
BXMMEK.022
65536
BXMMEK.023
14
BXMMEK.024
2
BXMMEK.IMG
BXMMEK.img
784
784
~
9.2.38 Version Software Release Notes Cisco WAN Switching System Software
138
OL-xxxxx-xx
Appendix B UXM ABL Firmware Release Notes
REVIEW DRAFT—CISCO CONFIDENTIAL
Appendix B UXM ABL Firmware Release Notes
ABL is a new firmware release for the UXM card on IGX. Firmware is the same for UXM and UXM-E
cards.
New Features
Flash memory drivers are upgraded to support more flash memory vendors so that more flash
manufacturers can be used to source components.
Obsolete Features
None.
Compatibility
Software
ABL firmware is compatible with Switch Software 9.1 and 9.2
Hardware
ABL is compatible with UXM and UXM-E model H/W all models.
Previous Versions of
UXM Firmware
On IMA trunks this version is not compatible with UXMs Model B
firmware versions ABA to ABD.
On IMA trunks Model B firmware (AB*) is not compatible with model A
(AA*) because model B is Standards compliant and model A is not. So
IMA trunks must be upgraded together.
Bugs Fixed in this Release
Bug ID
Description
CSCds08193
Symptom:
Although the trunk operates fine, the dspportstats will show the old delay value
even though the actual delay on the line is different. IMA trunk statistics will not
show the correct delay value when the delay is toggled rapidly.
Condition:
Whenever the delay is changed rapidly on one of the links in an IMA group the
dspportstats on that trunk is not updated. The errors seen are related to the SX/12
tester operation. No errors are seen when the SX/13 is used.
Workaround:
Change the delay with gaps of approximately a minute between changes.
9.2.38 Version Software Release Notes Cisco WAN Switching System Software
OL-xxxxx-xx
139
Obtaining Service and Support
REVIEW DRAFT—CISCO CONFIDENTIAL
Upgrade Instructions
Upgrade boot code to boot 07 before upgrading to ABL.
Notes and Cautions
This firmware enables flash components from multiple new vendor to be used. Previous versions of
firmware cannot write on to these new devices. For new cards with the flash devices from new vendors,
firmware cannot be downgraded to versions prior to ABL. If this is attempted, burnfwrev will fail
leaving firmware revision ABL in the flash.
Boot Code Requirements
Boot Code revision boot_07 is needed for the ABL release.
Obtaining Service and Support
For service and support for a product purchased from a reseller, contact the reseller. Resellers offer a
wide variety of Cisco service and support programs, which are described in the section “Service and
Support” in the information packet that shipped with your chassis.
Note
If you purchased your product from a reseller, you can access Cisco Connection Online (CCO) as a
guest. CCO is Cisco Systems’ primary, real-time support channel. Your reseller offers programs that
include direct access to CCO’s services.
For service and support for a product purchased directly from Cisco, use CCO.
Cisco Connection Online
Cisco Connection Online (CCO) is Cisco Systems’ primary, real-time support channel. Maintenance
customers and partners can self-register on CCO to obtain additional information and services.
Available 24 hours a day, 7 days a week, CCO provides a wealth of standard and value-added services
to Cisco’s customers and business partners. CCO services include product information, product
documentation, software updates, release notes, technical tips, the Bug Navigator, configuration notes,
brochures, descriptions of service offerings, and download access to public and authorized files.
CCO serves a wide variety of users through two interfaces that are updated and enhanced
simultaneously: a character-based version and a multimedia version that resides on the World Wide Web
(WWW). The character-based CCO supports Zmodem, Kermit, Xmodem, FTP, and Internet e-mail, and
it is excellent for quick access to information over lower bandwidths. The WWW version of CCO
provides richly formatted documents with photographs, figures, graphics, and video, as well as
hyperlinks to related information.
You can access CCO in the following ways:
•
WWW: http://www.cisco.com
•
WWW: http://www-europe.cisco.com
9.2.38 Version Software Release Notes Cisco WAN Switching System Software
140
OL-xxxxx-xx
Cisco Connection Online
REVIEW DRAFT—CISCO CONFIDENTIAL
•
WWW: http://www-china.cisco.com
•
Telnet: cco.cisco.com
•
Modem: From North America, 408 526-8070; from Europe, 33 1 64 46 40 82. Use the following
terminal settings: VT100 emulation; databits: 8; parity: none; stop bits: 1; and connection rates up
to 28.8 kbps.
For a copy of CCO’s Frequently Asked Questions (FAQ), contact [email protected]. For additional
information, contact [email protected].
Note
If you are a network administrator and need personal technical assistance with a Cisco product that is
under warranty or covered by a maintenance contract, contact Cisco’s Technical Assistance Center
(TAC) at 800 553-2447, 408 526-7209, or [email protected]. To obtain general information about Cisco
Systems, Cisco products, or upgrades, contact 800 553-6387, 408 526-7208, or [email protected].
This document is to be used in conjunction with the 9.2.30 Cisco WAN Switching publications.
Access Registrar, AccessPath, Any to Any, Are You Ready, AtmDirector, Browse with Me, CCDA, CCDE, CCDP, CCIE, CCNA, CCNP, CCSI, CD-PAC, the Cisco logo, Cisco
Certified Internetwork Expert logo, CiscoLink, the Cisco Management Connection logo, the Cisco NetWorks logo, the Cisco Powered Network logo, Cisco Systems Capital, the
Cisco Systems Capital logo, Cisco Systems Networking Academy, the Cisco Systems Networking Academy logo, the Cisco Technologies logo, Fast Step, FireRunner, Follow Me
Browsing, FormShare, GigaStack, IGX, Intelligence in the Optical Core, Internet Quotient, IP/VC, IQ Breakthrough, IQ Expertise, IQ FastTrack, IQ Readiness Scorecard, The IQ
Logo, Kernel Proxy, MGX, Natural Network Viewer, NetSonar, Network Registrar, the Networkers logo, Packet, PIX, Point and Click Internetworking, Policy Builder, Precept,
RateMUX, ReyMaster, ReyView, ScriptShare, Secure Script, Shop with Me, SlideCast, SMARTnet, SVX, The Cell, TrafficDirector, TransPath, VlanDirector, Voice LAN,
Wavelength Router, Workgroup Director, and Workgroup Stack are trademarks; Changing the Way We Work, Live, Play, and Learn, Empowering the Internet Generation, The
Internet Economy, and The New Internet Economy are service marks; and Aironet, ASIST, BPX, Catalyst, Cisco, Cisco IOS, the Cisco IOS logo, Cisco Systems, the Cisco Systems
logo, the Cisco Systems Cisco Press logo, CollisionFree, Enterprise/Solver, EtherChannel, EtherSwitch, FastHub, FastLink, FastPAD, FastSwitch, GeoTel, IOS, IP/TV, IPX,
LightStream, LightSwitch, MICA, NetRanger, Post-Routing, Pre-Routing, Registrar, StrataView Plus, Stratm, TeleRouter, and VCO are registered trademarks of Cisco Systems,
Inc. or its affiliates in the U.S. and certain other countries. All other trademarks mentioned in this document are the property of their respective owners. The use of the word partner
does not imply a partnership relationship between Cisco and any other company. (0005R)
Copyright © 2000, Cisco Systems, Inc.
9.2.38 Version Software Release Notes Cisco WAN Switching System Software
OL-xxxxx-xx
141
Cisco Connection Online
REVIEW DRAFT—CISCO CONFIDENTIAL
9.2.38 Version Software Release Notes Cisco WAN Switching System Software
142
OL-xxxxx-xx